Ready to install Distribution boards, DIN rail mounted equipment, enclosures and connection systems

Contents
Isobar 4 distribution boards and protective devices Section one 7

Modular control products

Section two

31

Unit mounted residual current devices

Section three

73

Unit mounted circuit breakers

Section four

79

Connection systems

Section five

113

Enclosures

Section six

121

Technical data

Section seven

133

Dimensions

Section eight

163

Schneider Electric overview

Section nine

197

Comprehensive quick reference index

Section ten

203

Isobar 4
Type A distribution board features

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Fully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 16kA to BS EN 60439 High performance MCB 10kA BS 60898 15kA BS 60947-2 in B, C or D curve single and double pole 125A busbar rating Isobar disconnection system ensuring unused outgoing ways are isolated Option of switching outgoing neutral on all boards using distributed neutral kit Terminal block for feeding up to 100A Range of incomers: switch disconnectors, residual current devices, terminal blocks Single pole RCBO for new or retrofit maintaining device density Full range of device accessories and auxiliaries Knockouts for cable gland and conduit

Isobar 4
Type B distribution board with 125A incomer features

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

High performance MCB 10kA BS 60898 15kA BS 60947-2 in B, C or D curve 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Fully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 25kA to BS EN 60439 when fed by MCCB 250A busbar rating Isobar disconnection system ensuring unused outgoing ways are isolated Option of switching outgoing neutral using distributed neutral kit Range of incomers Removable insulated pan assembly Fully shrouded neutral Split neutral bars Removable gland plates

Isobar 4
Type B distribution board with 250A incomer features

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

High performance MCB 10kA BS 60898 15kA BS 60947-2 in B, C or D curve 1, 2, 3 or 4 pole Fully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 25kA to BS EN 60439 when fed by MCCB 250A busbar rating Isobar disconnection system ensuring unused outgoing ways are isolated Option of switching outgoing neutral using distributed neutral kit Range of incomers up to 250A Removable insulated pan assembly Fully shrouded neutral Split neutral bars Removable gland plates

Isobar 4 distribution boards and protective devices
Type A single phase
Distribution boards Incoming devices Outgoing devices Loose enclosures and accessories

Section one

8-9 10 21 - 22 11

Type B three phase
Distribution boards Incoming devices Outgoing devices Loose enclosures and accessories 12 14 - 15 21 - 22 16

Replacement items
Pan assemblies Type A and Type B Doors and covers Type A and Type B 20 20

7

Isobar 4
SP&N type A distribution boards*
Note: All devices are sold separately 125A Standard A boards (incomers not included)
Part No. MGAN6 MGAN9 MGAN12 MGAN15 *MGAN23
* 2 row unit.

No. of outgoing ways 6 9 12 15 23

Dimensions (mm) Height 264 264 264 264 494 Width 260 315 370 450 370 Depth 127 127 127 127 127

MGAN6

125A Split load A boards (incomers not included)
Part No. MGAN46SL MGAN48SL MGAN66SL Unprotected outgoing ways 4 4 6 Protected 6 8 6 Dimensions (mm) Width 450 450 450 Depth 127 127 127 264 264 264 outgoing ways Height

Specification:
■ ■
MGAN66SL

Designed, manufactured and tested to BS EN 60439-3 Unique Isobar outgoing phase connection link Busbar rating 125A Voltage rating 230/240Vac Distributed neutral allowing 2 pole switching at any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 Cable capacity neutral and earth bar 25mm2 DIN rail mounting with fully shrouded busbars Surface or flush mounting using flush mounting kit, see page 11 5 single pole blanking plates Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated IP2X with covers removed

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Incomers:
Switch disconnector see page 10 Residual current device see page 10 Terminal block see page 10

Outgoers:
MCBs RCBOs 2 pole Vigi Auxiliaries Distribution board accessories see see see see page page page page 21 22 23 26

see page 11

* for use only with C60H range

8

Isobar 4
SP&N type A distribution boards*
Note: All devices are sold separately 125A Dual incomer A boards (incomers not included)
Part No. No. of outgoing ways Circuit A MGAN46DS MGAN66DS MGAN76DS 4 6 7 No. of outgoing ways Circuit B 6 6 6 Height 264 264 264 Width 370 450 450 Depth 127 127 127 Dimensions (mm)

Loads should be evenly distributed across primary and secondary supplies.

MGAN66DS

125A Multi service A boards
Part No. No. of outgoing ways MGAN416MS MGAN520MS MGAN716MS MGAN96MS MGAN912MS MGAN1010MS MGAN126MS
MGAN716MS
▲MGAN1228MS ▲ 2 row unit.

(incomers not included) Useable DIN rail SP way Height 264 264 264 264 264 264 264 494 Width 370 450 450 370 450 450 450 370 Depth 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 8 10 8 3 6 5 3 14 Dimensions (mm)

4 5 7 9 9 10 12 12

Specification:
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Designed, manufactured and tested to BS EN 60439-3 Unique Isobar outgoing phase connection link Busbar rating 125A Voltage rating 230/240Vac Distributed neutral allowing 2 pole switching at any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 Cable capacity neutral and earth bar 25mm2 DIN rail mounting with fully shrouded busbars Surface or flush mounting using flush mounting kit, see page 11 5 single pole blanking plates Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated IP2X with covers removed

Incomers:
Switch disconnector Residual current device Terminal block see page 10 see page 10 see page 10 see see see see page page page page 21 22 23 26

Outgoers:
MCBs RCBOs 2 pole Vigi Auxiliaries Control and command devices * for use only with C60H range Distribution board accessories

see page 31 see page 11

9

Isobar 4
SP&N type A distribution boards - incomers
Part No. MGI1252 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Rating 125A Voltage 230/240V No. of poles 2

BS EN 60947-3 AC22A Cable capacity 50mm2 Red toggle and PCI in accordance with BS 7671 Wiring Regulations Tightening torque 3.5Nm

MGI1252

RMG630302

Part No. RMG630302 RMG631002 RMG633002 RMG800302 RMG801002 RMG803002 23111 RMG1000302 RMG1001002 RMG1001002S RMG1003002 23116

Rating 63A 63A 63A 80A 80A 80A 80A 100A 100A 100A 100A 100A

Voltage 230/240V 230/240V 230/240V 230/240V 230/240V 230/240V 230/240V 230/240V 230/240V 230/240V 230/240V 230/240V

Sensitivity 30mA 100mA 300mA 30mA 100mA 300mA 100mA Time delayed 30mA 100mA 100mA Time delayed 300mA 300mA Time delayed

Specification:
■ ■ ■ ■ BS EN 61008. Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 Cable capacity 63A, 80A = up to 35mm2 100A = up to 50mm2 Terminal tightening torque 2Nm (35mm2), 3.5Nm (50mm2)

Part No. MGTB1252

Rating 125A

Voltage 230/240V

No. of poles 2

Specification:
■ ■ ■ Direct connection incoming lug unit, two pole suitable for use in any Isobar 4 A type board Cable capacity 50mm2 Terminal tightening torque 3.5Nm

MGTB1252

10

Isobar 4
MGA loose enclosures and board accessories
Application
A range of steel enclosures using the Isobar 4 A board design suitable for mounting DIN devices including MCBs, RCBOs and control and command products. Part No. MGN16DE MGN22DE MGN28DE MGN34DE *MGN56DE
* 2 row unit.

MGN56DE

Useable DIN rail SP ways 8 11 14 17 28

No. of rows 1 1 1 1 2

Dimensions (mm) Height 264 264 264 264 494 Width 260 315 370 450 370 Depth 127 127 127 127 127

Specification:
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Folded sheet steel enclosure Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 DIN rail Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated Surface or flush mounting using flush mounting kit Earth bar 5 single pole blanking plates SP circuits 15

Accessories:
Part No. MGBL BP Description Key lock Blanking plates 5 off light grey

Part No. MGANWL

Description A board spare outgoing way self adhesive labels

MGANWL

Part No. MGTB1001

Description 100A terminal block for installation in Isobar boards as an outgoing way. Supplied with identification labels. Note: cable must be provided with local protection to comply with BS 7671. Cable capacity 50mm2.

MGTB1001

Part No. MGNA4 MGNA6 MGNA7 MGNA9 MGNA12 MGNA15 MGNA24 NKIT

Description Distributed neutral kit for 4 way SP+N Distributed neutral kit for 6 way SP+N Distributed neutral kit for 7 way SP+N Distributed neutral kit for 9 way SP+N Distributed neutral kit for 12 way SP+N Distributed neutral kit for 15 way SP+N Distributed neutral kit for 24 way SP+N Phase to neutral conversion kit (pack 4) Note: One pack included in a distributed neutral kit

Part No. MGACE

Description Clean earth facility for A type boards (6 hole). Or can be used to comply with BS 7671 607-02 where the protective conductor ring shall be separately connected at the distribution board.

MGACE

Flush mounting kit
Part No. MGAN6FK MGAN9FK MGAN12FK MGAN15FK MGAN24FK For use with MGAN6, MGN16DE MGAN9 MGAN12, MGAN46DS, MGAN416MS MGAN15, MGAN46SL, MGAN48SL, MGAN66SL, MGAN76DS, MGAN912MS, MGAN1010MS, MGAN1228MS MGAN23, MGAN1228MS

11

Isobar 4
TP&N type B distribution boards*
Note: All devices are sold separately Standard B boards
Part No. MGBN4 MGBN6 MGBN8 MGBN12 MGBN16 MGBN18 MGBN24 No. of TP outgoing ways 4 6 8 12 16 18 24 Dimensions (mm) Height Width 484 470 484 470 538 470 700 470 808 470 808 470 970 470 Depth 158 158 158 158 158 158 158

MGBN12

Split load B boards
These are achieved by selecting any 2 Isobar B boards and joining with either MGBNTJKN and feeding the top board via a outgoing 100 amp terminal block MGTB1001 for each phase or use MGBN63SPL split load kit which is supplied with a 63 amp C curve mcb

Multi service B boards
Control products can be added to any B type distribution board using a modular extension box MGBNEX034N which will accept 17 single pole wide control products

Specification:
■ ■ ■ ■
MGBN12+MGBN8

Designed, manufactured and tested to BS EN 60439-3 Unique Isobar outgoing phase connection link Busbar rating 250A Voltage rating 400/415Vac Distributed neutral allowing 2 or 4 pole switching at any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 Cable capacity neutral and earth bar 25mm2 100% rated DIN rail mounting with fully shrouded busbars Surface mounting Flush mounting available 5 single pole blanking plates supplied Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated IP2X with covers removed

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Incomers: Outgoers:

see page 14 see page 21

MGBN8 + Multi service

* for use only with C60H range

12

Isobar 4
TP&N type B distribution boards*
Note: All devices are sold separately Heavy duty IP55 (125A)
Part No. MGBN6HDGK MGBN8HDGK MGBN12HDGK MGBN16HDGK No. of outgoing ways TP 6 8 12 16 650 650 850 850 600 600 600 600 330 330 330 330 Height Width Depth

Specification:
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Designed, manufactured and tested to BS EN 60439-3 Unique Isobar outgoing phase connection link Busbar ratings 125A Voltage rating 400/415Vac Distributed neutral allowing 2 or 4 pole switching at any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit Ingress protection IP55 to BS EN 60529 Cable capacity neutral and earth bar 25mm2 DIN rail mounting with fully shrouded busbars Additional earth stud provided 5 single pole blanking plates Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated Door can be left or right handed Key lockable enclosure as standard

MGBN12HDGK

Incomers:
Switch disconnector see page 15 Residual current devices see page 15 Terminal blocks see page 15 (Maximum 125A DIN rail mounted)

Outgoers:
MCBs RCBOs see page 21 see page 23

* for use only with C60H range

13

Isobar 4
TP&N type B distribution boards - incomers
Switch disconnectors
Part No. MGI1253N MGI1254 Rating 125A 125A Voltage 415V 415V No. of poles 3+N 4

Specification:
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ BS EN 60947-3 Category of duty AC22 Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 Cable capacity 50mm2 Terminal tightening torque 3.5Nm Lockable in “ON” or “OFF” position using ref: MGLA

MGI1254

Switch disconnectors (160 - 250A)
Part No. MGNI1603 MGNI2003 MGNI2503 MGNI1604 MGNI2004 MGNI2254 MGNI2504 29243 29260 MGALK Rating 160A 200A 250A Voltage 415V 415V 415V No. of poles 3+N 3+N 3+N

MGNI2504

160A 415V 4 200A 415V 4 225A 415V 4 250A 415V 4 Bare cable connector set 95mm2 160A set of 4 Bare cable connector set 185mm2 250A set of 4 Allen key kit for fitting devices >160A

Devices fit directly into distribution board and are supplied with 270mm extension box.

Specification:
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ BS EN 60947-3 Copper pad for M8 lugs, tightening torque 15Nm Lockable in “ON” or “OFF” position Category of duty AC22 Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671

Residual current circuit breakers (RCCBS 63 - 160A)
Part No. RMG630304 RMG631004 RMG633004 23146 16261 23213 23227 MGNI160RCCB* Rating 63A 63A 63A 63A 80A 100A 100A 160A Voltage 415V 415V 415V 415V 415V 415V 415V 415V Sensitivity 30mA 100mA 300mA 300mA TD** 30mA 300mA 300mA TD** Adjustable No. of poles 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

MGBNI160RCCB

* Item is supplied with 270mm extension box, MCCB and Vigi. ** Time delay as an element of discrimination.

Specification:
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ BS EN 61008 Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 Lockable in “ON” or “OFF” position Trip free mechanism Cable capacity 63A/80A - 35mm2, 100A - 50mm2 Terminal tightening torque 2Nm (63/80A), 3.5Nm (100A), 15Nm (160A)

14

Isobar 4
TP&N type B distribution boards - incomers
Terminal blocks (125/250A)
Part No. MGTB1254 MGNTB2504 MGNPBN250TB Rating 125A 250A 250A Voltage 415V 415V 415V With extension box Without extension box Notes

Specification:
■ ■
MGTB1254

Cable capacity: 125A - 50mm2 250A - M8 copper pad Terminal tightening torque: 125A - 3.5Nm 250A - 15Nm

Moulded case circuit breakers (MCCBs 100 - 250A)
Part No. MGNCB1004 MGNCB1604 MGNCB2004 MGNCB2504 MGALK
MGNCB2004

Rating Voltage 100A 415V 160A 415V 200A 415V 250A 415V Allen key kit for fitting devices >160A

No. of poles 4 4 4 4

■ ■ ■

Devices fit directly into distribution board and are supplied with 270mm extension box and terminal shield Can be fitted with shunt trip, UVR and auxiliary switch. Refer to Compact NS Catalogue Distribution boards fitted with a MCCB are suitable for installations with fault levels up to 25kA

Specification:
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ BS EN 60947-2 Category of duty AC22 Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 Cable capacity 50mm2 - 185mm2 Terminal tightening torque 100A - 10Nm, 160, 200 and 250A - 15Nm

Surge arrestor kit
Part No. MGNPRD Description Supplied with extension box and protection device

Dual source incomer
Part No. MGNDSI Rating ≤125A Voltage 415V No. of poles 4

To be used in dual source applications, with standby being a portable/fixed generator set or second transformer. Mechanically interlocks any combination of the following incoming 4P devices: ■ ■ ■ MGI1254 C120 C60

MGNDSI

}

To be ordered separately.

A padlocking facility enables either one or both to be locked in the OFF position or using MGLA for locking ON. Front cover is lockable using MGBL. Cable capacity 50mm2. Supplied complete with board connection.

15

Isobar 4
MGB loose enclosures
Application
MGB loose enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products, primarily for control and metering. They may be mounted individually or attached to the side of an MGB board of equivalent height using the side joining kit MGBNSJK. Alternatively they may be attached to the top or bottom of an MGB board using the top/bottom joining kit MGBNTJKN. Supplied with DIN rail, door and slotted front cover Part No. No. of 18mm SP ways MGBN4SXS MGBN8SXS
MGBN8SXS

No. of rows

Dimensions (mm) Height Width 470 470 470 470 470 Depth 158 158 158 158 158

34 34 51 68 85

2 2 3 4 5

484 538 700 808 970

MGBN12SXS MGBN16SXS MGBN24SXS

Supplied with DIN rail, door and plain front cover Part No. No. of 18mm SP ways MGBN4SXP MGBN8SXP MGBN12SXP MGBN16SXP MGBN24SXP 34 34 51 68 85 2 2 3 4 5 No. of rows Height 484 538 700 808 970 Width 470 470 470 470 470 Depth 158 158 158 158 158 Dimensions (mm)

Specification:
■ ■
MGBN8SXP

Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 Earth bar capacity 25mm2 Surface or flush mounting using flush mounting kit, see page 28 Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated For enclosure accessories see page 18

■ ■ ■

For alternative enclosures see Section six, page 121.

Extra terminal bar for earth
■ ■ ■ ■ For inside enclosure mounting Including support Current rating 200A 25mm2 holes

Type For panel mounting 12 holes 18 holes 24 holes 36 holes 48 holes 56 holes 72 holes

Part No. MG12EE MG18EE MG24EE MG36EE MG48EE MG56EE MG72EE

16

Isobar 4
B board extension boxes and metering
Application
The range of B boards are manufactured in a 270mm modular height thereof, to allow the user greater flexibility, so enabling the inclusion of single phase distribution boards, multi service units, larger cabling arrangements etc.

Part No. MGBNEXN

Description Extension box with plain front cover. Provides additional wiring space or a housing for control or metering equipment.

MGBNEXN

Part No. MGBNEX034N

Description Extension box with DIN rail, slotted front cover and door. Provides space for up to 17 SP DIN mounted products. Includes gland plate and joining kit.

MGBNEX034N

Part No. MGBNEXA15N

Description A 15 way Isobar 4c A type distribution board designed for fixing direct on to any Isobar 4c B type board.

MGBNEXA15N

Contactor incomer 100A
Part No. MGBN100CCI Description Provides contactor control and isolation of Isobar 4c B type boards

MGBN100CCI

Kit includes ■ 100A contactor 240Vac coil (Part No. 15978, see page 46 for details) ■ Switch disconnector ■ Extension box 270mm ■ Interconnections ■ 100A terminal block

3 phase kWh metering
Part No. MGBNKWH Description Extension box with multi-function meter, CT’s, wiring loom and MCB to pick up voltage. ■ kVArh ■ Power factor ■ Pulsed output per kWh

Meter provides ■ Phase voltage ■ Current ■ kWh, kW per phase
MGBNKWH

Note: Voltage connection takes up 4 SP outgoing ways at bottom of stack

17

Isobar 4
TP&N type B distribution board accessories
Part No. MGBNWL Description B board front cover way labels SP circuits 72

MGBNWL

Part No. MGTB1001

100A outgoing terminal block

Description 100A terminal block for installation in Isobar boards as an outgoing way. Supplied with identification labels. Note: cable must be provided with local protection to comply with BS 7671. Cable capacity 50mm2.

Part No. MGBL MGK33
MGBL

Description Door lock for A and B boards new style square sliding catch 2 off spare keys for MGBL Spare door catch

Part No. BP

Description 5 pole blanking plates (light grey).

Note: 1 off BP supplied with each distribution board.

BP

Part No. MGBNGPN MGBNGPEXN

Description Gland plate plain for B type distribution board Gland plate for Isobar extension box Gland plate for B board with knock out

18

Isobar 4
TP&N type B distribution board accessories
Single phasing kit (125/250A)
Part No. Rating Voltage Description MG125SPEV 125A 415V For 4P incomers up to 125A MG250SPEV 250A 415V For 4P incomers up to 250A Converts a TP&N B board incomer into single phase applications when used in conjunction with the above terminal blocks and switch disconnectors.

MG125SPEV

MG250SPEV

Part No. MGBNTJKN MGBNSJK MGBN63SPL
MGBNSJK

Description Joining kit for two type B distribution boards mounted above or below each other. Joining kit for two type B distribution boards mounted side by side. 63amp split load kit kit.

Part No. MGNB4 MGNB6 MGNB8 MGNB12 MGNB16 MGNB18 MGNB24 NKIT

Description Distributed neutral kit for 4 way TP+N Distributed neutral kit for 6 way TP+N Distributed neutral kit for 8 way TP+N Distributed neutral kit for 12 way TP+N Distributed neutral kit for 16 way TP+N Distributed neutral kit for 18 way TP+N Distributed neutral kit for 24 way TP+N Phase to neutral conversion kit (pack 4) Note: One pack included in a distributed neutral kit

MGNB6

Part No. MGNBCE7 MGNBCE25
Clean earth facility

Description for type B boards provides 7 clean earth or extra neutral/earth holes. 25 hole

19

Isobar 4
Replacement pan assemblies, doors and covers
A board pan assembly*
Part No. MGAN6P MGAN9P MGAN12P MGAN15P Description 6 way SP&N pan assembly 9 way SP&N pan assembly 12 way SP&N pan assembly 15 way SP&N pan assembly

MGAN9P

B board pan assembly
Part No. MGBN4P MGBN6P MGBN8P MGBN12P MGBN16P MGBN418P MGBN24P Description 4 way TP&N pan assembly 6 way TP&N pan assembly 8 way TP&N pan assembly 12 way TP&N pan assembly 16 way TP&N pan assembly 18 way TP&N pan assembly 24 way TP&N pan assembly

MGBN8P

A board door and cover
Part No. MGAN6C MGAN9C MGAN12C MGAN15C MGAN23C Description Suitable for MGAN6 Suitable for MGAN9 Suitable for MGAN12 Suitable for MGAN15 Suitable for MGAN23

MGAN6C

B board door and cover
Part No. MGBN4C MGBN6C MGBN8C MGBN12C MGBN16C MGBN18C MGBN24C Description Suitable for MGBN4 Suitable for MGBN6 Suitable for MGBN8 Suitable for MGBN12 Suitable for MGBN16 Suitable for MGBN18 Suitable for MGBN24

MGBN8C

* for use only with C60H range

20

C60H
Isobar 4 outgoers miniature circuit breakers 1 - 63A
Installation
■ ■ ■ ■ In Merlin Gerin Isobar 4 distribution boards Symmetrical DIN rail Direct panel mounting Isobar 4 pan assemblies

Technical data
Current ratings: 1 - 63A at 300C to BS EN 60898 ■ Voltage ratings: 240 - 440Vac ■ Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898: 10kA, BS EN 60947-2: 15kA See page 140 for further information on breaking capacities and dc ratings. ■ Operating cycles (O-C): on load 20,000 ■ Operating temperature: -300C to +700C ■ Positive contact indication: in accordance with BS 7671 ■ Current limitation: Class 3 ■ Width: Pole 18mm SP ways mm 1 1 18 2 2 36 3 3 54 4 4 72 ■ Dimensions: see page 172 ■

1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type B Miniature circuit breakers

■ Weight: Pole 1 2 3 4

Grams 110 220 340 450

Accessories: see page 26 Add on earth leakage: see page 23 Technical data: see page 133 Note: 2 and 4 pole C60H MCBs are suitable for installation in Isobar 4 distribution boards and pan assemblies with NKIT. For current ratings greater than 63A, see Section four. Note: Not suitable as outgoing way in Isobar 4c. ■ See page 135 for grouping factor

1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type C Miniature circuit breakers

1, 2 and 3 pole Type D Miniature circuit breakers

21

C60H
Isobar 4 outgoers miniature circuit breakers 1 - 63A
C60HB type B (3 - 5In) Applications
Protection and control of circuits against overloads and short circuits. ■ In applications with general load characteristics ■ Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type B: magnetic setting between 3 and 5 In ■ Cable capacity: 2 1 - 25A = 25mm 2 32 - 63A = 35mm ■ Tightening torque: ≤ 25A = 2.5Nm 32 - 63A = 3.5Nm

C60HB miniature circuit breaker Part No’s
Ratings (A) 1 2 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 1P C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB 101 102 104 106 110 116 120 125 132 140 150 163 2P C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB 201 202 204 206 210 216 220 225 232 240 250 263 3P C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB 301 302 304 306 310 316 320 325 332 340 350 363 4P C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB C60HB 401 402 404 406 410 416 420 425 432 440 450 463

C60HC type C (5 - 10In) Applications
Protection and control of circuits against overloads and short circuits. ■ In applications with moderate inrush currents, such as certain lighting systems ■ Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type C: magnetic setting between 5 and 10 In ■ Cable capacity: 2 1 - 25A = 25mm 2 32 - 63A = 35mm ■ Tightening torque: ≤ 25A = 2.5Nm 32 - 63A = 3.5Nm

C60HC miniature circuit breaker Part No’s
Ratings (A) 1 2 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 1P C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC 101 102 104 106 110 116 120 125 132 140 150 163 2P C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC 201 202 204 206 210 216 220 225 232 240 250 263 3P C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC C60HC 301 302 304 306 310 316 320 325 332 340 350 363 4P 24872 24873 24875 24876 24877 24878 24879 24880 24881 24882 24883 24884

C60HD type D (10 - 14In) Applications
Protection and control of circuits against overloads and short circuits. ■ In applications with high inrush currents, such as transformers, motors, certain lighting systems etc ■ Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type D: magnetic setting between 10 and 14 In ■ Cable capacity: 2 1 - 25A = 25mm 2 32 - 63A = 35mm ■ Tightening torque: ≤ 25A = 2.5Nm 32 - 63A = 3.5Nm

C60HD miniature circuit breakers Part No’s
Ratings (A) 1 2 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 1P C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD 101 102 104 106 110 116 120 125 132 140 150 163 2P C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD 201 202 204 206 210 216 220 225 232 240 250 263 3P C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD C60HD 301 302 304 306 310 316 320 325 332 340 350 363 4P 25211 25212 25214 25215 25216 25217 25218 25219 25220 25221 25222 25223

22

Vigi C60
Add on residual current device for use with C60 MCBs only
Applications
Clipped onto the side of any C60 MCB, add on Vigis provide a high level of protection against earth fault in addition to overload and short circuit protection provided by the MCB alone.

+

=

Effectively creating an RCBO to BS EN 61009, C60 MCBs with add on Vigis can be used with any Isobar 4 distribution board, pan assemblies as well as a wide range of DIN enclosures.

MCB

2P Vigi

RCBO

Vigi modules - 2 pole for assembly with 1 or 2 pole MCBs
Part N .
o

1

3
T

MGV MGV MGV MGV

25 63 63 63

010 030 100 300

2 2 2 2

Ratings (A) 25 63 63 63

Sensitivity (mA) 10 30 100 300

Width in 18mm SP ways 2 2 2 2
1 3 5 7

2 4

Vigi modules - 4 pole for assembly with 3 or 4 pole MCBs
Part N .
o

T

Ratings Sensitivity (A) (mA) MGV 63 030 4 63 30 MGV 63 300 4 63 300 Terminal screw shields available for Vigi RCDs. See C60 accessories on page 26.

Width in 18mm SP ways 3 3
2 4 68

Specification:
■ ■ Standards Approval: BS EN 61008 (BS EN 61009 when fitted to MCB) Operating voltage: 2 pole = 110/240V, 50/60Hz, 4 pole = 240/415V, 50/60Hz ■ Cable capacity: 2 pole = 25mm2, 4 pole = 35mm2 ■ Tightening torque: 2.5Nm = 25mm2, 3.5Nm = 35mm2 ■ Class AC ■ Integral self test button ■ Indication of earth fault trip Note: Must not be used as the sole means of protection against direct contact with live parts (BS 7671). ■ Dimensions: see page 172

23

C60H RCBO (18mm)
Combined MCB/RCD
Applications
Protection against overloads, short circuits and earth leakage faults.

The C60H RCBO provides:
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
C60HC32R30

Protection against indirect contact Supplementary protection against direct contact (BS 7671) Protection against insulation faults Finger safe terminals Reverse polarity protection Loss of neutral and earth protection Operating voltage: 200Vac - 230Vac Current ratings: 6A - 45A Tripping characteristics: BS EN 61009 (type C) magnetic setting between 5 - 10 In Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898 10,000A, BS EN 60947 15kA Class 3 current limiting overcurrent protection Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 Lockable in “ON” or “OFF” position using MGLA Trip free mechanism Compatible with C60 auxiliaries and accessories e.g. alarm contact, shunt trip Load terminals cable capacity 16mm2 Dimensions: see page 172

Installation
■ Isobar 4 distribution boards, pan assemblies and standard enclosures on symmetrical DIN rail Ratings (A) 6A 30mA 10A 30mA 16A 30mA 20A 30mA 32A 30mA 45A 30mA 6A 100mA 10A 100mA 16A 100mA 20A 100mA 32A 100mA 45A 100mA 6A 10mA 10A 10mA 16A 10mA 20A 10mA 32A 10mA 45A 10mA 6A 30mA 10A 30mA 16A 30mA 20A 30mA 32A 30mA 45A 30mA Curve type C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C Class AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC A A A A A A A A A A A A

Trip sensitivity
AC class Tripped by sinusoidal AC currents independent of rate of rise. A class Tripped by sinusoidal AC pulsed DC and those containing DC component.

Part No. C60HC6R30 C60HC10R30 C60HC16R30 C60HC20R30 C60HC32R30 C60HC45R30 C60HC6R100 C60HC10R100 C60HC16R100 C60HC20R100 C60HC32R100 C60HC45R100 C60HC6RA10 C60HC10RA10 C60HC16RA10 C60HC20RA10 C60HC32RA10 C60HC45RA10 C60HC6RA30 C60HC10RA30 C60HC16RA30 C60HC20RA30 C60HC32RA30 C60HC45RA30

24

Electrical auxiliaries
C60 MCBs and RCBOs
Applications
For the remote control and status indication of C60 MCBs. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ They are mounted to the left of the circuit breaker within a maximum width of 54mm Fixed using clips (no tools) onto the left side of the circuit breaker Compatible with Vigi modules (fitted to the right side) A maximum of 3 indication auxiliaries on the same circuit breaker A maximum of 2 changeover auxiliaries (OF+SD/OF) on the same circuit breaker A maximum of 2 tripping auxiliaries (MX + OF or MN) on the same circuit breaker A maximum of 1 tripping auxiliary (MN s or MNx or MSU) on the same circuit breaker

Auxiliary combination

+

+

+

+

OF+SD/OF auxiliary contact

OF auxiliary contact

SD fault indication switch

Mx + OF, MN, MN s MNx or MSU auxiliary

Circuit breaker

25

Electrical auxiliaries
C60 MCBs and RCBOs

MX + OF (shunt release and auxiliary contact)
Control Part No. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) (Vdc) ways 110 - 415 110 - 130 26946 1 48 48 26947 1 12/24 12/24 26948 1 Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is applied. Indication of tripping and fitted with changeover contact for indication. Self breaks control circuit allowing it to remain energised.

U>

14 12 26946

C2 C1

MSU (voltage threshold release)
1P + N
U>>

Control Part No. voltage (Vac) 220 - 240 tripping at 255V 26979 220 - 240 tripping at 275V 26479

Width in 18mm SP ways 2 2

N L 26979

MN (under voltage release)
Instantaneous
U<

Control Part No. voltage (Vac) (Vdc) 220 - 240 26960 48 48 26961 115 (400Hz) 26959 220 - 240 Delayed s 26963 Disconnects the MCB when a voltage

Width in 18mm SP ways 1 1 1 2 is removed.

D1 D2 26963

MNx emergency stop
Control Part No. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) ways 230 26969 2 230 26977 2* 400 26991 2* 400 26971 2 * For use with C60 only. Disconnects the MCB when the normally closed push button contact is opened. Does not trip in the event of power supply failure.

U>

E1 E2 26969

N

L

MX shunt release
Control voltage (Vac) 110 - 415 48 12/24 Part No. (Vdc) 110 - 130 48 12/24 Width in 18mm SP ways 1 1 1

U>

26476 26477 26478

26476

C2

C1

26

Electrical auxiliaries
C60 MCBs and RCBOs
SD fault indicating switch
Part No. Width in 18mm SP ways 0.5 (V) 240Vac 415Vac 24Vdc 48Vdc 125Vdc (A) 6A 3A 6A 2A 1A

26927

Contact rating Auxiliary contact changes when device trips with front face indication, red for tripped. Part No. Width in 18mm SP ways 0.5

94 92 26927

91

OF auxiliary contact

26924

Contact rating Auxiliary contact changes with main contacts (on/off) with test button on front face. Part No. Width in 18mm SP ways 0.5

14 12 26924

11

(V) 240Vac 415Vac 24Vdc 48Vdc 125Vdc

(A) 6A 3A 6A 2A 1A

OF + SD/OF selector switch

26929

24 22 92 94 26929

21 91

Auxiliary contact and selectable auxiliary or fault contact with front face indication. Note: Does not fit onto Isobar 4 distribution board.

27

Accessories
For C60
Padlocking facility
Breaker C60 Note: MGLA is suitable for use with C60 MCBs/RCBOs mounted in Isobar 4 distribution boards. Quantity Pack of 5 Part No. MGLA Part No. MGLAP 26970

MGLA

Description Padlock 4mm hasp for MGLA For MCBs/RCDs (pack of 2)

Screw shield
Breaker C60 Quantity Part No. Sealable and dividable 2 x strips of 4 26981

26981

Screw shield
Breaker C60 Vigi Quantity Sealable 1P shields 20 off Part No. 26982

Terminal shield
Breaker C60 pair Pole 1 2 3 4 Part No. 26975 26976 26975 + 26976 26978

26975/26976

Insulated sub distribution terminal
For 3 x cables up to 16mm2 each Breaker C60>25A Quantity Pack of 4 Part No. 19091

19091

*Aluminium cable terminal
For cables of 16 - 50mm2 Breaker C60>25A Quantity Pack of 1 Part No. 27060

27060

* not for use in Isobar 4 distribution boards

28

Accessories
For C60
*Rear connection terminal
For cables up to 50mm2. Breaker C60 Quantity Pack of 2 Part No. 18528

* not for use in Isobar 4 distribution boards
18528

Inter-pole barrier
Breaker C60 Quantity Pack of 10 Part No. 27001

27001

29

Accessories
For C60
Spacer
Breaker C60 Width 9mm Part No. 27062

27062

Replacement cover for vigibloc
Breaker C60 Pack of 5 replacements Pole 2 3 4 Part No. 26483 26484 26485

26483

30

Modular control products
Local control Remote control Time management Lighting management Metering and measurement Heating management

Section two
32 - 44 45 - 54 55 - 58 59 - 60 61 - 70 71

31

I switch disconnectors
20 - 125A
Application
The I switches perform the operations of control and disconnection. Short circuit withstand: 20 x In: 1s Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% at 55°C) ■ Connection by tunnel terminals for: ■ 10mm_ flexible/rigid cables for I 20 - 40A ■ 50mm_ rigid cables or comb busbars, 35mm2 supple cables for I 63, 100 and 125A ■ Tightening torque: ■ 20A = 1.4Nm ■ 32 - 40A = 2Nm ■ 63 - 125A = 3.5Nm ■ Auxiliary O.C auxiliary switch ■ Contact breaking capacity: ■ 3A at 400Vac ■ 6A at 230Vac ■ Fixing by clipping onto symmetrical rail, on the left side of the switch ■ Connection by tunnel terminals for 2 x 2.5mm cables ■ ■

Technical details
■ ■ ■ Compliance with standards: I 20, 32 and 40A: BS EN 60669-1, IEC 669-1 I 63, 100 and 125A, IEC 947-3 - Degree of pollution 3 - Isolating voltage 500Vac - Impulse voltage 6kV - Degree of protection IP4X on the front panel - Frequency 50 - 60Hz Isolation with positive contact indication DC application: 48V (110V with 2 series connected poles) Mechanical endurance: I 20, 32 and 40A: 200,000 operating cycles I 63, 100A and 125A: 50,000 operating cycles Electrical endurance: AC22, p.f. = 0.6: I = 20 and 32A:30,000 operating cycles I = 40 and 63A: 20,000 operating cycles I = 100A: 10,000 operating cycles I = 125A: 2,500 operating cycles Rating (A) 20 32 40 63 100 125 Voltage (Vac) 250 250 250 250 250 250

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Type

I switches 1P
1

Width in 18mm SP ways 1 1 1 1 1 1

Part No.

15005 15009 15024 15013 15090 15057

2 15013

I switches 1P + indicator
1 x1

20 32

250 250

1 1

15063 15100

2

x2

32

I switch disconnectors
20 - 125A
Type Rating (A) 20 32 40 63 100 125 Voltage (Vac) 415 415 415 415 415 415 Width in 18mm SP ways 1 1 2 2 2 2 Part No.

I switches 2P
1 3

15006 15010 15020 15014 15091 15058

2 15014

4

I switches 2P + indicator
1 3 x1

20 32

415 415

2 2

15064 15101

2

4

x2

Type

Rating (A) 20 32 40 63 100 125

Voltage (Vac) 415 415 415 415 415 415

I switches 3P
1 3 5

Width in 18mm SP ways 2 2 3 3 3 3

Part No.

15007 15011 15023 15015 15092 15059

2 15015

4

6

Type

Rating (A) 20 32 40 63 100 125

Voltage (Vac) 415 415 415 415 415 415

I switches 4P
1 3 5 7

Width in 18mm SP ways 2 2 4 4 4 4

Part No.

15008 15012 15019 15016 15093 15060

2

4

6

8

Type

Rating (A)

Voltage (Vac)

Width in 18mm SP ways 1

Part No.

Accessories NO auxiliary Terminal shields

3 (6)

415 (230)

15096 15094

15096

33

TR transformers
4 - 63VA
Application
Safety and bell transformers allow for a very low voltage to be obtained from a 230Vac supply.

Technical details
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
15212

Primary voltage: 230Vac ± 10% Secondary voltage on load: 8 - 12 - 24Vac ± 15% for bell transformers 12 - 24Vac ± 5% for safety transformers Frequency: 50Hz - 60Hz Compliance with standards: EN 61558-1, IEC 61558-1 Connection tunnel terminals for cables up to 4mm2

Type

Power (VA) 4 4 8 16 25 16 15 20 63

Bell transformer

Secondary voltage (Vac) 8 8 - 12 8 - 12 8 - 12 12 - 24 12 12 12 12 24 24 24 24

Width in 18mm SP ways 2 2 2 2 3 5 5 5 5

Part No.

15214 15213 15216 15212 15215 15218 15219 15220 15222

Safety transformer

15218

1

230V

11

1

230V

11

1

230V

11

1

230V

11

4

8V

8

4

6

8V

8

4

6 12V 24V

8

4

10 12V 24V

8

12V 15214 15212, 15213, 15216

15215

15218, 15219

1

230V

11

1

230V

11

8

8 24V

13 12

6

8 12V

10 12

15218, 15219

15220, 15222

34

RO buzzer and SO bell
Audible signalling
Application
Audible indication of signals.

Technical details
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
15320

Sound level (at distance of 60 cm): RO buzzer: 70dB SO bell: 80dB Frequency: 50 - 60Hz Consumption: 3.6VA:8 - 12A 5VA: 220 - 240V Connection: tunnel terminals for cables up to 4mm2

Type

Bell

Secondary voltage (V) 240 12

Sound level (dB) 80 80

Width in 18mm SP ways 1 1

Part No.

15320 15321

Buzzer

240 12

70 70

1 1

15322 15323

15322

SO bell

RO buzzer

35

STI fuse carriers
Withdrawable gl or gG fuse links
Application
STI fuse carriers provide overload and short circuit protection.

Technical details
Carrier ■ Isolation of all poles is guaranteed for the 2P and 3P versions during factory assemble ■ Positive contact indication ■ To be equipped with gG (gL - gl) type fuse links, with or without fuse blowing indicator ■ Fuse carrier: ■ Captive ■ Additional housing is provided for a spare fuse ■ Optional indication: by indicator lights (see accessories) ■ Connection: by tunnel terminals for rigid cables up to 10mm2 and flexible cables up to 6mm2 ■ Complies with standard: IEC 947-3 Fuse link ■ gG (gL - gl) types. ■ Fuse link without striker pin ■ Breaking capacity: as standard IEC 269-1/2 ■ Vertitas and Lloyd’s approved

15636

15775

Dimensions (Ø x L) (mm) 10 x 38 Type

Rating (A) 32 Voltage (Vac) 500 500 500 500 500 Rating (A) 2 4 6 10

Operating voltage (Vac) 500

Breaking capacity (kA) gG (gL - gl) 80 Width in 18mm ways 1 1 2 3 3 Part No.

1P 1P+N 2P 3P 3P+N Type gG (gl) fuse links

15636 15646 15651 15656 15658 Part No. 15775 15776 15777 15779 15668

Dimensions (mm) 10.3 x 38 10.3 x 38 10.3 x 38 10.3 x 38

Blown fuse indicator

36

PRD surge arresters
Draw out
Application
PRD removable surge arresters enable the rapid replacement of damaged cartridges without any cable disconnection.

Technical details*
Each surge arrester in the range has a specific use: ■ Incomer and protection: ■ PRD 40r/PRD 40 are recommended for a high risk level ■ The PRD 15 is recommended for a low risk level ■ Secondary protection: ■ The PRD 8 ensures secondary protection of loads to be protected and is placed in a cascading configuration with surge arresters at the incomer end

Standards
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ IEC 61643-11 class 2 test

PRD 40r/PRD 40
Imax (8/20µs): 40kA In (8/20µs): 15kA The PRD 4 0r includes: Operating indicator on front panel

16562

PRD 15
Imax (8/20µs): 40kA In (8/20µs): 15kA

Common technical data
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Operation indication by means of a mechanical indicator: White: normal operation Disconnection of the short circuited surge arrester to be conducted with a circuit breaker Recommended breaker: Single phase + N: C60HC220 Three phase + N: 24879

PRD 8
Imax (8/20µs): 40kA In (8/20µs): 15kA

Spare cartridges
40, 15, 8 kA and neutral cartridges The C40r and C neutral r cartridges have operating indicator

L N

Type

Un (V) 230 440 440 230 440 440 230 440 440 230 440 440 230 440 440

Uc (V) MC MD 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275

Up (kV) 1.2 2 1.2 1.2 1.8 1.2 1.2 1.8 1.2 1.2 1.8 1.2 1.2 1.8 1.2

PRD 1P+N

L3 L2 L1 N

PRD65r 1P+N PRD65r 3P PRD65r 3P+N PRD40r 1P+N PRD40r 3P PRD40r 3P+N PRD40 1P+N PRD40 3P PRD40 3P+N PRD15 1P+N PRD15 3P PRD15 3P+N PRD8 1P+N PRD8 3P PRD8 3P+N

Width in 18mm SP ways 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4

Part No.

16557 16558 16559 16562 16563 16564 16567 16568 16569 16572 16573 16574 16577 16578 16579

PRD 3P+N

Replacement cartridges C65r - 440 C65r - 275 C40r - 440 C40r - 275 C40 - 440 C40 - 275 C15 - 440 C15 - 275 C8 - 440 C8 - 275 C neutral r C neutral Isobar installation kit

16581 16581 16583 16583 16585 16585 16587 16587 16589 16589 16590 16591 MGNPRD

* Further details of surge arrester selection can be found on pages 147 - 149 at the rear of the document. Or in publication Ref: MGD 5082

37

PF surge arresters
Fixed
Application
The PF all contained, multiple pole surge arrester range is especially adapted to TT and TN-s earthing systems.

Technical details*
Each surge arrester in the range has a specific use: ■ Incomer and protection: ■ PF30r/PF30 are recommended for a high risk level ■ The PF 15 is recommended for a low risk level ■ Secondary protection: ■ The PF 8 ensures secondary protection of loads to be protected and is placed in a cascading configuration with surge arresters at the incomer end

PF 30r and PF 30
Common mode protection ■ Imax (8/20µs): 30kA ■ In (8/20µs): 10kA ■ Up: 1.8kV ■ Test button for front panel indicator. ■ The PF30r has a built-in remote indication contact: ■ Normally closed

15689

PF 15
Common mode protection ■ Imax (8/20µs): 15kA ■ In (8/20µs): 5kA ■ Up: 1.8kV Differential mode protection ■ Imax (8/20µs): 8kA ■ In (8/20µs): 2kA ■ Up: 1kV

Common technical data
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Operation indication by means of a mechanical indicator: Not illuminated: OK Flashing: surge arrester must be immediately replaced Disconnection upon thermal overload built into the surge arrester Disconnection of the short circuited surge arrester to be conducted with a circuit breaker: Single phase + N: C60HC220 Three phase + N: 24879

PF 8
Common mode protection ■ Imax (8/20µs): 8kA ■ In (8/20µs): 2kA ■ Up: 1.5kV Differential mode protection ■ Imax (8/20µs): 8kA ■ In (8/20µs): 2kA ■ Up: 1kV

Type

Un (V) 230 440 230 440 230 440 230 440 230 440

Uc (V) MC MD 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440

Up (kV) 2 2 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.5

PRD65r 1P+N PRD65r 3P+N PRD30r 1P+N PRD30r 3P+N PRD30 1P+N PRD30 3P+N PRD15 1P+N PRD15 3P+N PRD8 1P+N PRD8 3P+N

250 250 250 250

Width in 18mm SP ways 7 7 3 4 3 4 2 4 2 4

Part No.

15684 15685 15689 15690 15687 15688 15692 15693 15695 15696

L1 N

L3 L2 L1 N

N

L1

N

L1

L2

L3

PF 1P+N

PF 3P+N

* Further details of surge arrester selection can be found on pages 147 - 149 at the rear of the document. Or in publication Ref: MGD 5082

38

CM selector switches
Local control
Application
CM selector switches allow the manual switching of circuits.

Technical details
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
18074

■ ■ ■

Voltage rating: 250Vac Current rating: 20A Electrical durability: 30,000 cycles AC22 Complies with standard: IEC 60669-1 and IEC 60947-5-1 Operating temperature: -20°C to +50°C Storage temperature: -40°C to +80°C Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% at 55°C) Connection by rigid or flexible cable with or without cable end: Tunnel terminals up to 2 x 2.5mm2, +/- recess screw, Pozidrive n°1 Staggered terminals simplifying cable connection

2 position selector switches
4 2 0 I 0 I 2 0 I 4

42 86

1 1 changeover switch

1

5 1NO + NC

1

3

2 changeover switches

3 position selector switches
2 I 0 II 4 I 0 II 2 4 6 8

1 1 changeover switch

1

5

2 changeover switches

Type

Circuit

Width in 18mm ways 1 2 1

Part No.

2 position 1 changeover 2 changeover 1NO+1NC 3 position 1 changeover 2 changeover 1 2 18073 18074 18070 18071 18072

39

BP pushbuttons
Local control
Application
The BP pushbuttons are used to give manual impulse signals.

Technical details
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
18035

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Voltage rating: 250Vac Current rating: 20A Electrical durability: 30 000 switching operations AC22 (cosØ = 0.8) Complies with standard: IEC 60669-1 and IEC 60947-5-1 Indicator light with LED technology: Consumption: 0.3 W Service life: 100,000 hours with constant luminous efficiency Indicator light requires no maintenance (non-interchangeable LEDs) Operating temperature: -20°C to +50°C Storage temperature: -40°C to +80°C Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity: 95% at 55°C) Connection by rigid or flexible cable with or without cable end: Tunnel terminals up to 2 x 2.5mm2 +/- recess screw, Pozidrive n°1 Staggered terminals simplifying cable connection

BP

3

1

1

3

1

3

1

3

4 1 NC

2 1 NO

2

4

2

4

2

4

1 NO+1 NC

1 NO/1 NC

1 NO/1 NC

BP with indicator light

1

x1

3

x1

2

x2

4

x2

1 NO

1 NC

Type

Indicator colour

Pushbutton colour Grey Red Grey Grey Grey/Red Grey/Grey Grey Grey Grey Grey

Indicator voltage

Circuit

Single

Double

Pushbutton with indicator

Green Red Green Red

110 - 230Vac 110 - 230Vac 12 - 48Vac/dc 12 - 48Vac/dc

1NC 1NC 1NO 1NO+1NC 1NO+1NC 1NO+1NC 1NO 1NC 1NO 1NC

Width in 18mm ways 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Part No.

18030 18031 18032 18033 18034 18035 18036 18037 18038 18039

40

V indicator lights
Local control
Application
The V indicator lights provide visual indication and signalling.

Technical details
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
18326

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Complies with standard IEC 60947-5-1 (except part number 18327 complies with standard IEC 73 and IEC 1000-4) Operating frequency: 50 - 60Hz Indicator light with LED technology Consumption: 0.3 W (0.5 W for Part No. 18327) Service life: 100,000 hours with constant luminous efficiency Indicator light requires no maintenance (non-interchangeable LEDs) Flashing frequency: 2Hz (18326) Degree of protection: IP4X for the part outside the enclosure IP2X at the terminals Divisible partition to accommodate a comb busbar Operating temperature: -20°C to +50°C Storage temperature: -40°C to +100°C Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% at 55°C) Connection by rigid or flexible cable with or without cable end: Tunnel terminals up to 2 x 2.5mm2, +/- recess screw, Pozidrive n°1 Staggered terminals simplifying cable connection

x1-

x1

x3
= = =

x1

x1

x2

x3

230Vac

x2+ Single indicator light

x2

x4

x2 Flashing

XC (N)* Three phase indicator light

Double indicator light

Type

Colour

Voltage

Single indicator light

Double indicator light Flashing indicator light Three phase indicator light

Red Green White Blue Yellow Red Green White Blue Yellow Green/Red Red Red/Red/Red

110 - 230Vac 110 - 230Vac 110 - 230Vac 110 - 230Vac 110 - 230Vac 12 - 48Vac/dc 12 - 48Vac/dc 12 - 48Vac/dc 12 - 48Vac/dc 12 - 48Vac/dc 110 - 230Vac 110 - 230Vac 230 - 400Vac

Width in 18mm ways 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Part No.

18320 18321 18322 18323 18324 18330 18331 18332 18333 18334 18335 18326 18327

41

XB device holder
Local control
Application
The device holders can be mounted on 35mm rail to facilitate mounting of pushbuttons, indicators or other devices*.

Technical details
Button holder ■ For buttons, switches and indicators with metal or plastic flange Ø 22 of the Telemecanique XB4 / XB5 type* ■ Depth under rail 60mm (same as products in the multi 9 range) ■ Drilling diameter: Ø 22.3 ■ Self-extinguishing insulating material ■ Colour: light grey RAL 7035 Universal holder ■ For buttons, indicators, light emitting diodes (LED), potentiometers ■ Easy drilling, to be adapted depending on use ■ Depth under rail 60 mm (same as products in the multi 9 range) ■ Self extinguishing insulating material ■ Colour: light grey RAL 7035 Type Width in 18mm ways 3 3 Part No.

15151

22mm button holder Universal holder
15152

15151 15152

* Further details of Telemecanique pushbuttons can be found in publication Ref: ICC 1854

42

PowerLogic:
Power meter series PM700
Applications
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Panel instrumentation Submetering and cost allocation Remote monitoring of an electrical installation Harmonic monitoring (THD) Contract optimisation and load profiling

Characteristics
Large, easy-to-read display ■ Multiple values displayed at the same time on an anti-glare display featuring a green back-light Easy to operate ■ Intuitive navigation with context-sensitive menus for easy use Only 50mm deep ■ Measures 96 x 96 x 50 mm including connectors and Modbus communications Energy class 1 as defined by IEC 61036 ■ Sufficient accuracy for submetering and cost allocation Power, current demand, THD, min/max ■ Expanded metering data for the cost of analog metering Description PM700/700P/710 Power Meter with THD, min/max Power Meter with THD, min/max, 2 pulse outputs Power Meter with THD, min/max, RS 485 communications Part number PM700MG PM700PMG PM710MG

Selection guide General Use on LV and HV systems Current and voltage accuracy Energy and power accuracy Instantaneous rms values Current, voltage, frequency Active, reactive, Total and per phase apparent power Power factor Total Energy values Active, reactive, apparent energy Demand values Current Present and max. Active, reactive, Present and max. apparent power Setting of calculation mode Block, sliding block, rolling block Data recording Min/max of instantaneous values Display and I/O Backlit LCD Display Pulse output Communication RS 485 port Modbus protocol

PM700 ■ 0.5% 1.0%

PM710 ■ 0.5% 1.0%

PM700P ■ 0.5% 1.0%

■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■

1 2 3 4 5 6

Mounting slots RS485 communications (450C) or 2 pulse outputs (450P) Heartbeat LED Control power Voltage inputs Current inputs

■ -

■ -

■ 2

-

2 wire ■

-

43

PowerLogic:
Power meter series PM700
Electrical characteristics Type of measurement

Measurement accuracy

Current and voltage Power Frequency Real Energy Reactive Energy Measured voltage

Data update rate Input-voltage characteristics

PM700 series back view

Input-current characteristics

Metering over-range Impedance Frequency range CT ratings Primary Secondary Measurement input range Permissible overload

Control Power

Output

Impedance Load AC DC Ride-through time Pulse output

True rms up to the 15th harmonic On three-phase AC system (3P 3P + N) 32 samples per cycle 0.5 % 1% ± 0.01 Hz from 45 to 65 Hz IEC 61036 Class 1 IEC 61036 Class 2 1s 10 to 480 V AC (direct L-L) 10 to 277 V AC (direct L-N) 0 to 3.2 MV AC (with external VT) 1.2 Un 2 MΩ (L-L) / 1 MΩ (L-N) 45 to 65 Hz Adjustable from 5A to 65534 A 5 A starting at 10 mA 0 to 6 A 15 A continuous 50 A for 10 seconds per hour 120 A for 1 second per hour < 0.1 Ω < 0.15 VA 110 to 415 ±10 % V AC, 5 VA 125 to 250 ±20 % V DC, 3 W 100 ms at 120 V AC PM700P Static output (240 ±10 % V AC or 300 ± 10% V DC, 100 mA max. @ 25 °C, derate 0.56 mA per °C above 25°C) 2.41 kV rms isolation 0.37 kg IP52 front display, IP30 meter body 96 x 96 x 88 mm (meter with display) 96 x 96 x 50 mm (behind mounting surface) -0 °C to +60 °C -10 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +85 °C 5 to 95 % RH at 50 °C (non-condensing) 2 III, for distribution systems up to 277 V L-N / 480 V AC L-L As per EN61010, UL508 Level III (IEC 61000-4-2) Level III (IEC 61000-4-3) Level III (IEC 61000-4-4) Level III (IEC 61000-4-5) Level III (IEC 61000-4-6) Level III (IEC 61000-4-8) Level III (IEC 61000-4-11) CE commercial environment/FCC part 15 class B EN55011 IEC 61000-3-2 IEC 61000-3-3 CE, as per IEC 61010-1 UL508

Mechanical characteristics Weight IP degree of protection (IEC 60529) Dimensions Environmental conditions Operating Meter temperature Display Storage temp. Meter + display Humidity rating Pollution degree Metering category Dielectric withstand Electromagnetic compatibility Electrostatic discharge Immunity to radiated fields Immunity to fast transients Immunity to impulse waves Conducted immunity Immunity to magnetic fields Immunity to voltage dips Conducted and radiated emissions Harmonics emissions Flicker emissions Safety Europe U.S. and Canada Communication RS 485 port 2-wire, up to 19200 bauds, Modbus RTU Firmware characteristics Min./max.

Firmware update Display characteristics Dimensions 73 x 69mm

Worst min. and max. with phase indication for voltages, currents, voltage unbalance, and THD. Min. and max. values for power factor (True and Displacement), power (P, Q, S) and frequency Update via the communication ports Back-lit green LCD (6 lines total, 4 concurrent values)

44

CT contactors
16 - 100A
Application
CT Contactors can be used for remote switching of heating, lighting, or power circuits. Full guidance on selection can be found on pages 160 - 161.

Technical details
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Power circuit: CT ratings: 16 - 100A (AC7a category) Manually operated CT ratings: 16 - 63A (AC7a category) Characterisation based on load types: see pages 160 - 161 in the technical section Voltage rating: 250Vac (1P and 2P): 400Vac (3P and 4P) Frequency: 50Hz or 60Hz Control circuit: Voltage: 24Vac (± 10%), 230 - 240Vac (-15% - +6%) Coil frequency: 50Hz or 60Hz Operating temperature: -5°C to +60°C Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity: 95% at 55°C) Complying with standards: EN 61095, IEC 1095, NF, IMQ, NEMKO, SEMKO, VDE Connection via tunnel terminals: Control circuit 2x2.5mm2 2x1.5mm2 Power circuit 16 and 25A 2x2.5mm2 6mm2
A1

Marking: contactors can be equipped with clip-on markers, see page 39 for details

Manually operated contactors have a 3 position selector switch on the front face: ■ Automatic mode ■ Temporary or permanent override operation ■ Off

Type of cable Flexible Rigid
A1

40 - 63A 2x10mm2 25mm2

100A 2x35mm2 50mm2

I Auto O A2

P

A2

CT contactor

Manually operated CT contactor

NO
1 R1

Type of contacts NC

Mixed NO + NC

1

1NO

2 1 3

1NC

R2 R1 R3 1 R1

Contact number

2

2NO

2

4

2NC 5

R2

R4

1NO+ 2 1NC R5 1

R2

1

3

R1

R3

3

R1

3

3NO

2

4

6

3NC

R2

R4

R6

2NO+ 2 1NC R7 1

4

R2

1

3

5

7

R1

R3

R5

3

R1

R2

4

4NO

2

4

6

8

4NC

R2

R4

R6

R8

2NO+ 2 2NC

4

R2

R4

45

CT contactors
16 - 100A
Type Rating (A) 16 16 25 16 16 16 16 25 25 25 40 63 63 100 16 16 25 40 63 63 16 16 16 16 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 63 63 63 63 63 100 Contacts Control voltage (Vac) 24 230 230 24 230 24 230 230 24 230 230 230 24 230 24 230 230 230 230 230 24 230 24 230 230 24 230 24 230 230 230 230 24 230 24 230 230 Width in 18mm ways 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 Part No.

1P

2P

15959

3P

4P

15967

1NC 1NO 1NO 2NC 1NO+1NC 1NO+1NC 2NO 2NO 2NO 2NC 2NO 2NO 2NO 2NO 3NC 3NO 3NO 3NO 2NO+1NC 3NO 4NC 4NO 2NO+2NC 2NO+2NC 4NO 4NO 4NC 4NC 2NO+2NC 4NO 4NC 4NO 4NO 4NC 4NC 2NO+2NC 4NO

- 240 - 240 - 240 - 240 - 240 - 240 - 240 - 240 - 240 240 240 240 240 240

- 240 - 240 - 240 - 240 240 240 240 240

- 240 - 240 - 240

16111 16113 15958 16115 15856 16126 15957 15959 16020 15960 15966 15971 16024 15977 16118 16120 15961 15967 15319 15972 16122 16124 16129 16130 15962 16022 15963 16023 15964 15968 15969 15973 16025 15974 16026 15975 15978

Manually Operated 2P 16 16 25 40 63 3P 25 4P 25 40 63
15981

2NO 1N0+1NC 2NO 2NO 2NO 3NO 4NO 4NO 4NO

230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230

-

240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240

1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3

16116 16127 15981 15984 15987 15982 15983 15986 15988

Accessories Terminal shield 2P 16/40/63 Terminal shield 3/4P 16/25 Terminal shield 3/4P 40/63 Spacer for use every 2 contactors

2 2 3 0.5

15922 15921 15923 27062

27062

46

ACT contactor auxiliaries
Remote control
Application
The ACT range of auxiliaries connect to CT contactors to provide indication (ACTo+f), disturbance suppression (ACTp), impulsed or latched control and time delays (ACTt).

Technical details
ACTo+ƒ ■ Contact: 1NO + 1NC: ■ 10 mA min. at 24Vac/dc - cos Ø = 1 ■ 10 mA min. at 24Vac/dc - cos Ø = 1 ACTc ■ Min. impulse duration: 250ms ■ Mains failure: ■ < 1s: keeps its initial status ■ > 5s: reset ■ Restarted via manual operation on X or T ACTt ■ 4 types of time delay. See page 162 for details ACTo+f Combined with CT Right hand side Left hand side Via clips (1) Power Supply Voltage Frequency
ACTp

ACTt

ACTp

ACTc

ACTt

■ ■ ■

■ ■

■ ■

■ ■

■ ■

■ ■

230V 24V 50/60Hz 50/60Hz

230V 24 - 48V 50/60Hz 0 - 50/60Hz

24 - 240V 50Hz

Consumption Off load Inrush (2) Holding (2) Connection Tunnel terminals Flexible cable (mm2) Rigid cable (mm2) ■ 2x2.5 2x1.5

3VA

3VA

3VA 2A 0.5A ■ 2x2.5 2x1.5

3VA 2A 0.5A ■ 2x2.5 2x1.5

5VA 3A 0.2A ■ 2x2.5 2x1.5

■ 2x2.5 2x1.5

■ 2x2.5 2x1.5

(1): Electrical and mechanical link (2): Maximum consumption of all controlled contactors
L S 1 1 A 1
ACTp CT CT ACTo+f

L

L S B P T
ACT c CT

L S

1 23

L

1

A1

1

ACTt

CT

A 2 2 N 2 N 2 24
N

X N 2
N A 2 2

ACTp

ACTo+f

ACTc

ACTt

Type

Control voltage

ACTo+f ACTc ACTc ACTp ACTp ACTt

230 - 240Vac 24 - 48Vac/dc 230 - 240Vac 24Vac 24 - 240Vac

Width in 18mm ways 0.5 1 1 1 1 1

Part No.

15914 18308 18309 15920 15919 15917

47

RLI, RBN interface relays
Remote control
Application
The RLI, RBN and RTBT interface with automated systems to enable switching of power circuits from low voltage supplies. The ERL is an extension for the RLI relay.

Common technical data
■ ■ ■ Frequency: 50 - 60Hz Electrical durability: 100,000 switching operations Connection: tunnel terminals for 0.5 - 6mm2 cables

Specific technical data
15393

RLI and ERL ■ Direct control on the front face: ■ Power by pushbutton ■ Coil: by selector switch (disconnection) ■ Position indicator: built into the pushbutton ■ Identification: clip-on markers on the front face, ERL ■ It is mounted without tools or additional wiring by means of a yellow clip ■ This clip is used for mechanical assemble and electrical connection between coils RBN and RTBT ■ Green pilot light on the control circuit ■ Enhance isolation between ELV/LV circuits: 4kV

1 A1 A2

5

1

5

A1

11

A1

11

2

4

6

2

4

6

A2

12

14

A2

12

14

RLI

ERL

RBN

RTBT

Type

RLI

ERL

RBN RTBT

Coil voltage (Vac) 230 - 240 48 24 12 230 - 240 48 24 12 230 - 240 12 - 24 (ac or dc)

Consumption inrush (holding) VA 4 (4) 4 (4) 4 (4) 4 (4) 4 (4) 4 (4) 4 (4) 4 (4) 5 (2.5) 0.22 (0.11)

Output 10A @ 230V (cos Ø = 1) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 2 2

Width in 18mm ways 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Part No.

15535 15536 15537 15538 15539 15540 15541 15542 15393 15416

48

RC control relays
Energy management
Application
The RCP relay monitors phase order and asymmetry on all phases of a 3 phase circuit and reports loss or reversal. The RCI relay monitors the current flowing in a circuit and reports when a preset threshold is reached.

Technical details
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Operating frequency: 50 - 60Hz Operating temperature: -5 to +55°C Consumption: 3VA Indication: Green LED for power ON Red LED for fault Output by 8 A changeover switch under 250Vac (cos Ø = 1) Connection: tunnel terminals for rigid cables from 1.5 - 6mm2

21180

RCP ■ Operating voltage: 400Vac ± 15% ■ Phase asymmetry threshold setting: 5 - 25% ■ Hysteresis: fixed, 5% of asymmetry threshold ■ Phase rotation direction monitoring ■ 3 phase presence monitoring ■ Time delay on tripping: 0.3s RCI ■ Measurement: ■ Range: 0.15 - 10A ■ Automatic recognition of ac and dc current ■ 1 measurement ranges selected by wiring - 0.15 - 1.5A - 1 - 10A ■ Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring ■ Threshold adjustable from 5 - 50% ■ Failsafe contact ■ Time delay on threshold reached: 0.1 - 10s ■ Power supply: 230Vac ■ Optional fault memorisation with rest ■ Compatible with TI current transformers with an X/5 ratio. See page 69

21181

L L1 L2 L3

Circuit to control 0.15A ≤ Ir ≤ 1.5A 1A ≤ Ir ≤ 10A

F=60Hz 1 1 3 5 7 3 5 7

2 2 4 6 8 N

4

6

8

RCP

RCI

Type

RCP RCI

Width in 18mm ways 2 2

Part No.

21180 21181

49

RT time relay
Time management
Application
The RT range of time relays provide various delays for enhanced control. RTA offers delay on energisation of the load. RTB causes an off delay after energisation via the closing of an auxiliary contact. RTC causes an off delay after energisation via the closing and opening of an auxiliary contact. RTH causes a time delay before energisation of a load. RTL enables cyclic control with on and off timing. RTMF is a multifunction time relay with the functionality of RTA, RTB, RTC or RTH.

Technical data
■ ■ ■ Time delay range: 0.1s - 100h Control circuit: Control and supply voltage: - 24Vdc ± 10% - 24 - 240Vac ± 10% - RTMF: 12 - 240Vac/dc ± 10% Frequency: 50 - 60Hz Operating temperature: -5 to +55°C Power circuit: Changeover switch (without cadmium) - minimum rating: 10 mA/5Vdc - maximum rating: 8 A/250Vdc and 8 A/250Vac Mechanical durability: > 5x106 operations Electrical durability: > 105 operations (utilisation category AC1) Accuracy: ± 10% full scale Minimum control impulse duration: 100mS Maximum resetting time by voltage break: 100mS Repetition accuracy: ± 0.5% with constant parameters Visualisation of contact status by green indicator light (flashing during the time delay) Unaffected by brownouts < 20mS Case protection: IP40 Connection by tunnel terminals: 2 x 2.5mm2 single strand cable without end 2 x 1.5mm2 multi-strand cable with end

Specific technical data
RTA ■ The single time delay cycle starts on energisation of the supply of the RTA relay ■ The load is energised at the end of the time delay T RTB ■ The single time delay cycle starts on closing of an auxiliary contact (pushbutton) ■ At the end of time delay T, the load is de-energised RTC ■ The single time delay cycle only starts when an auxiliary contact is released (pushbutton) ■ At the end of the time delay T, the load is de-energised RTH ■ The single time delay cycle starts on energisation of the supply of the RTH relay ■ The load is de-energised at the end of time delay T RTL ■ The time delay cycle starts on energisation ■ The load is energised for an adjustable time T, then de-energised for an adjustable time R. This cycle is repeated until the RTL relay supply is de-energised RTMF ■ As applicable, the RTMF generated the time delay cycles of the RTA, RTB, RTC or RTH relays

16066

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

50

RT time relay
Time management

RTA

RTB

16065

RTC

RTH

16069

RTL

RTMF

Type

RTA RTB RTC RTH RTL RTMF

Width in 18mm ways 1 1 1 1 1 1

Part No.

16065 16066 16067 16068 16069 16070

51

TL impulse relays and auxiliaries
Remote control
Application
TL and TLI impulse relays allow remote control from impulse commands (mechanically latched) or from several control points. They can be used for control of resistive circuits (incandescent lamps, lv halogen lamps, convectors) and inductive circuits (fluorescent tubes, discharge lamps). TLc, TLm and TLs have built in auxiliaries that allow centralised control, latched order control and/or remote indication.

Technical data
■ ■ ■
15516

■ ■ ■ ■

Environment: Operating temperature: -20 to +50°C Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% at +55°C) Identification by clip-on markers on the front face Switching noise level < 60dBA (at 1M) Compliance with standard: EN 669-1, EN 669-2-2 Approved by NF USE, CEBEC, SEMKO, DEMKO, SETI

TLc impulse relay Centralised control of a set of impulse relays. Keeps local impulse control. ■ Electrical control: ■ Impulse duration 50ms (recommended value for automatic control: 200ms max) ■ Centralised control: (recommended value for automatic control: 500ms max) ■ Possible combinations: ■ ETL for TL 16A (reference 15530), ATLt, ATLz, ATLc+c ■ ATLc+s (only uses its indication function) TLm impulse relay Operates by latched order from a changeover switch (selector, time switch, thermostat) of one or more TLm. The manual control is not operational. ■ Electrical control: ■ Impulse duration 50ms (recommended value for automatic control: 200ms max) ■ Possible combinations: ■ ETL for TL 16A (reference 15530) ■ ATLc+s (only uses its indication function) TLs impulse relay Remote indication of its electrical state ■ Auxiliary switch: 6A, 24 - 250Vac, cos Ø = 1 ■ Electrical control: ■ Impulse duration 50ms (recommended value for automatic control: 200ms max) ■ Possible combinations: ■ ETL for TL 16A (reference 15530), ATLt, ATLz, ATLc+s ■ Indication: clip-on markers on the front face

Specific to TL 16A, TLI, TLc, TLm and TLs ■ Power circuit: ■ Electrical endurance: - 200 000 cycles AC21 - 100 000 cycles AC22 ■ Control circuit ■ Control voltage (Uc): - tolerance at 50Hz: Uc + 6% - 15% - tolerance at 60Hz: Uc ± 6% - tolerance in dc: + 6% - 10% ■ Inrush power: - 1P and 2P: 19VA - 3P and 4P (TL + ETL): 38VA ■ Impulse duration: 50mS (recommended value for automatic control: 200mS ■ Maximum switching frequency: 5 operations/minute ■ Connection: (+/- screw, Pozidrive) tunnel terminals for cable 0.5 - 6mm2 Specific to TL 32A ■ Power circuit: ■ Electrical endurance: - 50 0000 cycles AC21 - 20 0000 cycles AC22 ■ Control circuit: ■ Control voltage (Uc): - tolerance at 50Hz: Uc + 6% -15% - tolerance at 60Hz : Uc ± 6% - tolerance in dc: Uc + 6% - 10% ■ Inrush power: - 1P: 19VA, 2P: 38VA - 3P: 57VA 4P: 76VA ■ Impulse duration: 50mS (recommended value for automatic control: 200mS) ■ Maximum switching frequency: 5 operations/minute ■ Connection (+/- screw, Pozidrive): ■ Power circuit: - tunnel terminals for cables up to 10mm2 ■ Control circuit: - tunnel terminals for cables 0.5 - 6mm2

52

TL impulse relays
Remote control

1 A1 A2 A1 A2

1

3 A1 A2

1

3

2

2

4

2

4

TL 1P

TL 2P

TL1 1P

5

9 5

15500+15530

6

8

10 6

ETL 16A

ETL 32A

1 A1 A2 A1 A2

1 A1 A2

11

1

On

Off

2

On

Off

2

12

14

2

TLc 1P 15510+15530

TLm 1P

TLs 1P

Type

Rating

TL 1P

TL 2P

ETL+1P

15518

TLI

TLc

TLm TLs

16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 32A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 32A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A

Control voltage (Vac) 230 - 240 130 48 24 12 230 - 240 230 - 240 130 48 24 12 230 - 240 130 48 24 12 230 - 240 230 - 240 48 24 230 - 240 48 24 230 - 240 230 - 240 48 24

(Vdc) 110 48 24 12 6 110 110 48 24 12 6 110 48 24 12 6 110 110 24 12 110 24 12 110 110 24 12

Width in 18mm ways 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Part No.

15510 15511 15512 15513 15514 15515 15520 15521 15522 15523 15524 15530 15531 15532 15533 15534 15505 15500 15502 15503 15518 15526 15525 15516 15517 15528 15527

53

ATL impulse relays auxiliaries
Remote control
Application
The ATL auxiliaries connect onto TL impulse relays to provide time delayed control, centralised control with indication and multi level centralised control.

Technical data
ATLt time delay auxiliary Automatically returns the impulse relay to its initial state after a time delay that may be set from 1 second to 10 hours. ■ The time delay cycle starts when the device closes. A new impulse order opens the impulse relay and interrupts the cycle ■ Added to the left of TL, TLI, TLs, TLc ATLc+s centralised control + indication auxiliary Allows centralised control thanks to a ‘ pilot line’, of a set of impulse relays controlling separate networks, while keeping the possibility of local individual control of each impulse relay. Also enables remote indication of the mechanical state of each relay. ■ Added to the right of TL, TLI, ETL, TLs, TLc and TLm ■ Auxiliary switch: 6A: 240V cos Ø = 1 ATLc+c centralised control + indication auxiliary Allows centralised control of several sets of impulse relays while conserving the possibility of local individual control and multilevel centralised control. ■ Each set, made up of TLc or (TL or TLI or TLs) + ATLc+s, must contain a single ATLc +c ■ Mounting: without mechanical connection to the impulse relays and auxiliaries

14

11

On 11

Off

12

14

Off On On Off

ALTt

ALTc+s

ALTc+c

Type

Rating

ATLt ATLc+s ATLc+c

16A 16A 16A

Control voltage (Vac) 24 - 240 130 - 240 130 - 240

(Vdc) 24 - 110

Width in 18mm ways 1 1 1

Part No.

15411 15409 15410

54

IH mechanical time switches
60 minute - 7 days
Application
Controlling and switching of one or more separate circuits according to the position of programming jumpers by the user.

Technical details
Electrical data ■ Voltage: 230Vac ± 10% ■ Frequency: 50 - 60Hz (50Hz for Part No. 15338) ■ Consumption: 2.5VA (1VA for Part No. 15338) ■ Time accuracy: ■ ± 2 second per day at 20°C ■ Contact rating: Under 250Vac (cos Ø = 1) 16A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Under 250Vac (cos Ø = 0.6) 4A

15335

Degree of protection: Front face: IP40 Terminals: IP20 Operating temperature: -10°C to +50°C Storage temperature: -40°C to +85°C

24h

7 days

15335 15336 15338 16364 15365 15367 15365

15337

15366

Type

IH IH IH IH IH IH IH IH

1c 1c 1c 1c 1c 1c 1c 1c

24hr 18mm 24hr 18mm 60min 24hr 24hr 24hr 7day 24hr + 7day

No. of switching operations 48on - 48off 48on - 48off 24on - 24off 24on - 24off 24on - 24off 24on - 24off 21on - 21off 16on - 16off + 7on - 7off

No. of channels 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1+1

Power reserve None 100h None None 150hr 150hr 150hr 150hr

Interval between 2 jumpers 15min 15min 15min 15s 15min 30min 30min 4hr 45min + 12hr

Width in 18mm ways 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3

Part No.

15335 15336 15338 16364 15365 15337 15367 15366 15341

Spare riders

55

IHP digital time switches
24 hours - 7 days
Application
Controlling and switching of one or more separate circuits for the purpose of heating, ventilation, lighting or any other application requiring time control.

Technical data
Electrical data ■ Voltage: 230Vac +/- 10% ■ Frequency: 50 - 60Hz ■ Consumption: 3 - 8.5VA ■ Saving of program and time by lithium battery ■ Time accuracy: ■ ± 1 second per day at 20°C ■ Contact rating: Under 250Vac (cos Ø = 1) 16A Under 250Vac (cos Ø = 0.6) 4A

Mechanical data ■ Degree of protection: ■ Front face: IP40 ■ Terminals: IP20 ■ Operating temperature: - 10°C to +50°C ■ Storage temperature: -25°C to +70°C

15854

1

3

5

L

N
C2 16 (10)A 250V ~
12 15 18 21 24
Prog

9 6 3 0

Auto

12 15 18 21 24 9 6 3 0 Auto

n 04 02
On

03 10 99
Off

10:54
menu
Res

03 10 99
Off

ok

10.30
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

10.30
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

16 (10)A 250V ~ C1
L1 L1 N1

16 (10)A 250V ~ C1

15722

N 230V

2

4

6 N

N1

2

4

6

Load
15351

Load 230V Load

15720 15721

15722 15723

Type

IHP 18mm 1c IHP 1c IHP+ 1c IHP 2c IHP+ 2c

No. of switching operations 28 28 42 42 42

No. of channels 1 1 1 2 2

Width in 18mm ways 1 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

Part No.

15854 15720 15721 15722 15723

56

ITM multifunction time switch
60 minute - 7 days plus specified days
Application
Weekly or annual programming distributed over 4 output channels from a maximum of 6 conditional inputs. Create a flexible time managed operation or control a number of applications from one device.

Technical data
Electrical data ■ Voltage: 230Vac ± 10% ■ Frequency: 50Hz ■ Consumption: 45VA ■ Saving program and time by lithium battery: ■ Lifetime: 10 years ■ Back-up time: 5 years ■ Time accuracy: ■ ± 1 second per day at 20°C ■ Contact rating: ■ 10A under 250Vac (cos Ø = 1) ■ 6A under 250Aac (cos Ø = 0.6) Mechanical data ■ Overall dimensions: 10 modules of 9mm ■ Weight: 290g ■ Degree of Protection: ■ Front face: IP40 ■ Terminals: IP20 ■ Operating temperature: -5°C to + 50°C ■ Storage temperature: -25°C to +70°C ■ Accessory: ■ Removable memory cartridge

15270

L

N

(switch, pushbutton, light sensitve switch, thermostat, motion control switch, etc..)

L

N

1

2

3

4

5

6

6 x 230Vac inputs
230V~ 50Hz 1...6 = EntrÈes / Inputs 230V~

menu

OK

-

+

C1......C4 Canaux / Channels 10A / 230V~

Removable memory cartridge 15280 optional 4 x 230Vac 10A output channels

C1

C2

C3

C4

C1-C2 On Off

C3-C4 Load (lamp, small motor, bell, luminous sign etc)

L

N

L

N

L

N

L

N

!
No. of channels

Preferably relay your load with a contactor.

Type

ITM 4c 6i 40

No. of switching operations 45 weekly 15 annual 12 pulse

Width in 18mm ways

Part No.

4

5

15270

Accessories Memory cartridge

15280

57

MIN timers and PRE switch off warning
Lighting management with time
Application
MIN, MINe and MINs opens a contact after a predetermined time. PRE Is used with MIN on incandescent lighting circuits to reduce provide advance warning of switch off by reducing the brightness.

Technical data*
■ ■ ■ ■ Consumption: < 5VA Ingress Protection: IP40 Connection: Tunnel terminals for cables up to 6mm

15363

MIN only ■ Two operating modes triggered by switch on front face: ■ Automatic mode: - operation in timing mode - time delay adjustable from 1 - 7 minutes - setting in steps of 15 and using thumb knob - pressing a pushbutton renews the time delay ■ Manual override mode ■ Maximum power required: - incandescent or low voltage 230V halogen lighting: 2000W

PRE only ■ Only to be used with the following timers: 15363 ■ 50% reduction in brightness during warning time ■ Time adjustable from 20 - 60 seconds ■ Maximum power: 2000W for incandescent lighting only ■ Not compatible with fluorescent tubes, fluocompact lamps and very low voltage halogen lamps

Type
15233

Voltage

Output (A @ cos Ø = 1) 16

MIN PRE Accessory Terminal Shield

230 230

Width in 18mm ways 1 1

Part No.

15363 15233

15359

* Timing diagrams can be found on page 152 in the technical Section.

58

IC light sensitive switches
2 - 2000 lux
Application
The IC switches open or close a contact when the photo cell detects that a lighting level has been reached. The IC/P switch has the additional function of time dependency.

Technical data
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Photo-cell: “panel front face” type (IP54) supplied Time delay before switch ON and switch OFF 40S Luminosity monitoring: light goes on when threshold is reached Connection: tunnel terminals for cables up to 6mm2 Contact ratings: 10A: cos Ø = 1 6A: cos Ø = 0.6 Consumption: 3VA Operating temperature: -10 to +50°C
L 3 5

M
2 35

N 220 - 240V

2 4 6 Utilisation

IC200

Specific technical data
15284

IC200 ■ Brightness threshold: adjustable from 2 - 200 lux IC2000/IC2000P ■ Brightness threshold: ■ 2 adjustable thresholds: 2 - 35 lux or 35 - 2000 lux IC2000P ■ Autonomy: 6 years ■ Continuous liquid crystal display of: ■ Time (hours and minutes) ■ Day of the week, week ■ Switching status ■ Minimum programming interval: 1 minute ■ Memory: 42 settings ■ Program: 24 hours and 7 days ■ Summer-winter time changes: a single operation without modifying the program ■ Easy program control: ■ Forced “on” or “off” overrides ■ Advanced switching ■ Setting deletion to modify or remove a sequence ■ Holiday override: 1 - 45 days ■ Operating temperature: -10 to +50°C Type Voltage (Vac) 220 - 240 220 - 240 220 - 240 Width in 18mm ways 2.5 3.5 5

L

3 5

M
2 35 2 35 2000

N 220 - 240V

2 4 6

Utilisation

IC2000

L

3 5

15286

d

h prog

m
2 2 35 35 2000

N 220 - 240V

2 4 6 Utilisation

IC2000P

Part No.

15281

IC200 IC2000 IC2000P

15284* 15368* 15286*

Accessories Photocell (IP65) for IC2000 Photocell (IP54) for IC2000/P *supplied with a 15268 photocell

Flush mount Wall mount

15281 15268

15268

59

C movement detection
4 - 30 meters
Application
Automatic control of lighting or heating systems by the detection of movement or presence in a monitored area.

Technical data*
■ Power supply: 230Vac ± 10%, 50Hz

Specific technical data
CE30 ■ Output contacts: ■ 10A cos Ø = 1 ■ 5A cos Ø = 0.5 ■ Incandescent lights: relays compulsory ■ Degree of protection: IP43 ■ Connection: 1.5mm2 spring tunnel type terminals ■ Consumption: < 1W ■ Operating temperature: - 25 to +55°C CDM ■ Lighting power: ■ Incandescent lights: 1000W max ■ Halogen lamps: 500W max ■ Fluorescent and fluocompact lights: relays compulsory ■ Degree of protection: IP54 ■ Connection: screw terminals up to 2.5mm2 ■ Consumption: 1.1VA ■ Operating temperature: -25 to +50°C

CDP/CPDt ■ Degree of protection: IP20 ■ Operating temperature: -15°C to +55°C ■ Storage temperature: -25°C to +70°C ■ Weight: 144g ■ Dimensions: ■ Diameter: 120mm ■ Height: 70mm ■ Fixing centre distance: 81mm CDP ■ Lighting power: ■ Incandescent lights: 2000W max ■ LV halogen lights (230V) and ELV (12V): 1000W max ■ Fluorescent lights with conventional ballast: 1000W max (cos Ø = 0.5) ■ Fluorescent lights with parallel corrected ballast: 500W max (cos Ø = 0.5) CDPt ■ Lighting power (max number of 1 - 10V ballasts): ■ 16 x (1 x 36W) ■ 12 x (1 x 58W) ■ 12 x (2 x 36W) ■ 8 x (2 x 58W)

57655

Type

Detection angle 20 0 - 180 180 - 360 180 - 360

Range (m) 30 0 - 12 4 - 24 4 - 24

CE30
16990

Brightness threshold (Lux) 5 - 300 3 - 80 20 - 1300 100 - 1300

Time delay 40 sec - 8 min 4 sec - 15 min 4 - 15 min 4 - 15 min

Movement

Presence

Part No.

x x x x x x

57655 16990 16992 16994

CDM CDP CDPt

Accessories Additional Remote control for CDPt

16995

16992

16994

* Refer to Section seven page 155 for further information.

60

AMP/VLT analogue ammeters and voltmeters
Metering and measurement
Application
The meters facilitate the real-time monitoring of current and voltage.

Technical details
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Ferromagnetic device Connection: Tunnel terminals for 1.5 - 6mm2 rigid cable Pseudo-linear scale over 90° Overall dimensions: h = 79 : w = 72 : d = 66mm Weight (g): 170 Complied with standards: IEC 51 - IEC 414 Degree of protection: Terminal block IP40 Terminals IP20 Installation temperature: -25°C to +55°C Storage temperature: -40°C to +80°C Reference temperature: 23°C Effect of temperature on accuracy ± 0.03%/°C Overload AMP ONLY Maximum for 5 seconds: 10 In Permanence: 1.2 In Consumption: 1.1VA Accuracy class: 1.5 Scale (A or V) Connection with CT Width in 18mm ways Part No.

AMP: 16029

Type

Amp with direct connection 0 - 30
VLT: 16060

Direct

4

16029

AMP with connection via CT Basic device Dials 0-5 0 - 50 0 - 75 0 - 100 0 - 150 0 - 200 0 - 250 0 - 300 0 - 400 0 - 500 0 - 600 0 - 800 0 - 1000 0 - 1500 0 - 2000 VLT Scale 0 - 300 0 - 500

xxx/5 4 (See TI range on pages 77-78)

16030 16031 16032 16033 16034 16035 16036 16037 16038 16039 16040 16041 16042 16043 16044 16045

4 4

16060 16061

A

V

3

4

3

4

Load

Load

Analogue AMP

Analogue VLT

61

AMP/VLT/FRE digital meters
Metering and measurement
Application
The meters facilitate the real time monitoring of current, voltage and frequency.

Technical details
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
15201

Supply voltage: 230Vac Operating frequency: 50 - 60Hz Display by red LED: 3 digits Accuracy at full scale: 0.5% ± 1 digital Consumption: 0.3VA Connection: tunnel terminals for 2.5mm2 cables EMC electromagnetic compatibility: IEC EN 50081-1 and IEC EN 50082-2 Safety: IEC EN 61010-1

AMP 10A ■ Minimum value measured: 4% of rating ■ Measurement input consumption: 1VA AMP Multirange ■ Ratings: ■ In direct reading: 5A ■ By CT (not supplied) configurable on the front face of the ammeter: 10, 15, 20, 25, 40, 50, 60, 100, 150, 200, 250, 400, 500, 600, 800, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 4000, 5000A ■ Minimum value measured: 4% of rating ■ Measurement input consumption: 0.55VA VLT ■ Direct measurement: 0 - 600Vac ■ Input impedance: 2 MΩ ■ Minimum value measured: 4% of rating FRE ■ Minimum value measured: 20Hz ■ Maximum value measured: 100Hz ■ Full scale display: 99.9Hz Type Scale Connection with CT Width in 18mm ways Part No.

Amp with direct connection 0 - 10A AMP with multirating 0 - 5000A VLT 0 - 600V FRE 20 - 100Hz
L N 230V 1 2 3 4 L N L N

Direct

2

15202

As per rating

2

15209

As per rating

2

15201

As per rating
0-800V

2

15208
L N 230V 1 2 3 4 20-600V

230V 1 2 3 4

Digital AMP + TI

Digital VLT

Digital FRE

62

PM9 multimeter
Metering and measurement
Application
The PM9 digital multimeter displays the values of a three phase network. It provides information for the whole installation including voltage, current, active, reactive and apparent power, power factor, phase shifts, active and reactive energy and frequency.

Technical details
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Supply voltage: 230Vac ± 10% Maximum measurement voltage without voltage transformer: 3 x 400Vac (rms) Operating frequency: 50 - 60Hz Back-lit LCD display with: 3 groups each with 3 digits The type of measurement in progress The phase measured The unit: V, A, kW, kWh, VAr, Hz, pf Range of current transformers (CT): Primary: 1 - 9999A Fixed secondary: 230A Supply voltage 230 Width in 18mm ways 4 Part No.

15196

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Range of voltage transformers (VT): Primary: 1 - 9999V Fixed secondary: 230V Accuracy class: Voltage: 0.5% of full scale Current: 0.5% of full scale Active energy: class 2 as per IEC EN 61036 Reactive energy: class 3 as per IEC-EN 61268 Maximum consumption of each measurement input: 0.55VA Operating temperature: -5°C to +55°C Storage temperature: -40°C to +85°C Connection by tunnel terminals: 2 x 2.5mm2

Type

PM9

15196

Note: Do not earth the secondary of the CT’s (2)
P1 S1

Three phase and neutral network: 3 x 230/400V
N L1 L2 L3

Three phase network: 3 x 400V
L1 L2 L3

230V P2 S2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

L3

P1 P1 S1 P2 S2

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18 P1 S1 P2 S2

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

P1 S1 P2 S2

P1 S1 P2 S2

P2

P1 S1 P2 S2

P1 S1 P2 S2

Three phase network: 3 x 230V
L1 L2 L3

Three phase and neutral network with or without neutral greater than 400V
L3

L2

L1 N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 P1 S1 P2 S2

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

P1 S1 P2 S2 10 P1 S1 L1 P2 S2 L2 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

L3

63

CM selector switches
Metering and measurement
Application
The CM selector switches provide selection of phases when used in conjunction with AMP or VLT meters.

Technical details
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
15125

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Rotary handle Maximum operating voltage: 440V, 50/60Hz Nominal thermal current: 10A Operating temperature: -20°C to +55°C Storage temperature: -25°C to +80°C Mechanical durability (AC21A-3 x 440V): 2000,000 operations Electrical durability: 1000,000 operations Connection: jumper terminals with captive screws, for cables up to 1.5mm2 Complies with standards: IEC 60947-3 (EN 60947-3) VDE 0660 - 107 UL Voltage (Vac) 415 415 Rating (A) 10 10 Width in 18mm ways 2 2 Part No.

Type

CMA CMV

15126 15125

N

1 S1 S2

2

3

N 1

2

3

S1 S2 S1 4 S2 10 2 CMA 3 2 A V 12 10 6 CMA 1 3 2

64

CE/ME watt hour meters
Metering and measurement
Application
Class 2 watt hour meters are designed for sub metering. They meter the electrical power consumed per hour by a single or three phased electrical load. There are two distinct families: ■ Meters with electro-mechanical displays: CE range ■ Meters with digital displays: ME range

Technical details
CE, Cer ■ Operating temperature: -25 to +55°C ■ Power consumption: 5VA ■ Utilisation for all types of load up to 10% of third current harmonics ■ Connection via tunnel terminals: 2.5mm2 and up to 50mm2

17067

3P+N network use of 3 TI Ph-N voltage 230V Maximum current (A) 50 100 200 400 Maximum power (kW) 34.5 69 138 276

SP network use of 2 TI Ph-Ph voltage 400V Maximum power (kV) 40 80 160 320

15464

ME ■ Accuracy class: 2 ■ Frequency: 50/60Hz ■ Consumption: 2.5VA ■ Total meter: ■ On a phase (single phase network), on the 3 phases (three phase network) ■ Capacity - ME1, ME1z, ME1zr, ME3, ME3zr, ME4, and ME4zr: 999.99 MWh - ME4zrt associated with a CT rating < 150A 999.99 MWh - ME4zrt associated with a CT rating > 150A: 9999.99 MWh ■ Display: in kWh or MWh with 5 significant digits ■ Partial meter: ■ On a phase (single phase network), on the 3 phases (three phase network) ■ With RESET ■ Capacity: - ME1z, ME1zr, ME3zr and ME4zr: 99.99 MWh - ME4zrt associated with a CT rating < 150A: 99.99 MWh - ME4zrt associated with a CT rating > 150A: 999.99 MWh ■ Display: in kWh or MWh with 4 significant digits ■ Flashing meter indicator (yellow) on front panel ■ Operating temperature: -25°C to +55°C ■ Connection using tunnel terminals: ■ Primary connection: 6mm2 ■ Secondary connection: 16mm2 ■ Conform to IEC 1036 standard (with a sealable enclosure)

65

CE/ME watt hour meters
Metering and measurement

L1

L2

L3

To impulse meter

N

L

To impulse meter (ME1zr)

L1

L2

L3

To impulse meter (ME3zr)
10/x imp./ kWh

0.1 imp./ kWh

1 imp./ kWh

N
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
100 imp./ kWh

L1 L 2

L3

MERLIN GERIN
10(63)A Cl.2 230Va50/60Hz 1000 imp./ kWh

10(63)A Cl.2 3x400V - 3x230V - 50/60Hz
10000/x imp./kWh

kWh

kWh

17067

ME3zr

ME4zrt

17072

kWh

17076

L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3
ME1zr

S (L1)S2 S (L2)S2 S (L3)S2 1 1 1

N

N

L

L

P1

S1 S2 P1 S1 S2 P1 S1 S2

P2

P2

P2

N

L

L1

L2

L3

ME1zr

ME3 ME3zr

ME4zrt

N

L

N

L1

L2

L3

To impulse meter (ME4zr)

N

L1

L2

L3

To impulse meter

U IN I

0.1 imp./ kWh

MERLIN GERIN
10(63)A Cl.2 3x230/400V 50/60Hz a 100 imp./ kWh
10/x imp./ kWh

kWh

N
MERLIN GERIN

L1 L 2

L3

1

3

5

7

9

11 13 15

17 19 21 23 25

17071

10000/x imp./kWh

kWh

ME4zr

N

N L1 L1 L2

L2 L3 L3

ME4zrt

17072

S (L1)S2 S (L2)S2 S (L3)S2 1 1 1

2
P1

4

6

8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26

S1 S2 P1 S1 S2 P1 S1 S2

P2

P2

N

L

20 22 24 26

20 22 24 26

N

L1

L2

L3

P2

In = 25 A

In = 90 A

ME4 ME4zr

ME4zrt

CE 1P

L1 U L2

IL1

S1

S2

L
P1 S1 S2

IL2

U
P1 S1 S2

L3

IL3

IN

I

P1

N

IN
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25

1

3

5

7

9

11 13 15

17 19 21 23 25

2

4

6

8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26

L

20 22 24 26

20 22 24 26

18 20 22 24 26
50 A 100 A 200 A 400 A
CE 3P CEr 1P In = 25 A In = 90 A

66

CE/ME watt hour meters
Metering and measurement
Operation CE CEr (1P) ■ CE CEr 3P 230V ■ ■ CE CEr 3P 400V ■ ■ ME1 ME1z ME1zr ■ ME3 ME3zr ME4 ME4zr ME4zrt

Single phase Three phase Three phase + neutral Rated voltage 230V (1P+N) 230V (3P) 400V (3P) 127/230V (3P+N) 230/400V (3P+N) Frequency (50/60Hz)

■ ■

■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■

Direct measurement current (A) For single phase 25 or 90 For three phase Current measurement via CT (A) Total meter ■ Total meter capacity 999.99 MWh

63 63 50 - 400 ■ 999.99 MWh 50 - 400 ■ 999.99 MWh ■ 999.99 MWh ■ 999.99 MWh ■ 999.99 MWh 63 40 - 6000 ■ With CT ≤150A 999.99 MWh With CT ≥ 150A 999.99 MWh

Partial meter (with RESET) Display Electro-mechanical (6 significant digits in kWh) Digital (5 significant digits in kWh or MWh Remote transfer ■ ■ ■

■ ME1z/ME1zr ■ ME3zr

■ ME4zr

■ ■ CEr ■ ■ CEr ■ ME1zr

■ ■ ME3zr

■ ■ ME4zr

■ ■

Type

Rating (A)

Voltage rating (Vac)

Width in 18mm ways

Part No.

Single phase CE 25 or 90 Cer 25 or 90 ME1 63 ME1z 63 ME1zr 63 Three phase three wire ME3 63 ME3zr 63 Three phase CE Cer ME4 ME4zr ME4zrt four wire 50 - 400(via CT) 50 - 400(via CT) 63 63 40 - 6000(via CT)

230 230 230 230 230

6 6 2 2 2

15464 15466 17065 17066 17067

17067

3x400 3x400

4 4

17075 17076

3x230/400 3x230/400 3x230/400 3x230/400 3x230/400

6 6 4 4 4

15465 15467 17070 17071 17072

15464 For more information refer to publication Ref’s: MGD 5171 and MGD 5195

67

CH/CI counters
Metering and measurement
Application
The CH counters measure the total operating time of any load. The CI counters count 230Vac pulses from devices such as utility meters or people counters.

Technical details
CH ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Electromechanical display Maximum display: 99999.99 hours Display accuracy: 0.01% Without reset Storage temperature: -25°C to +85°C Connection: tunnel terminals for 2.5mm2 cable Consumption: 0.15VA Operating temperature: -10°C to +70°C Mounting on symmetrical rail

15440

CI ■ Supply and metering voltage: 230Vac, 50/60 Hz ■ Consumption: 0.15VA ■ Maximum display: 9 999 999 impulses ■ Without reset ■ Metering data ■ Minimum impulse time: 50ms ■ Minimum time between 2 impulses: 50ms ■ Storage temperature: -25°C to +85°C ■ Operating temperature: -10°C to +70°C ■ Connection: tunnel terminals for 2.5mm2 cable Type
15443

Control voltage 230Vac 230Vac

CH CI

Width in 18mm ways 2 2

Part No.

15440 15443

CI 3 2

CH 3 2

Kwh

Load
CH CI

Load

68

TI current transformers
Metering and measurement
Application
TI are a range of current transformers with a ratio of x/5 for use with measurement devices (AMP, ME) and control devices.

Technical details
■ ■ ■ ■
16503

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ TI ■ ■ ■

Suited to all types of modular electrical switchboards and enclosures Easy installation on symmetrical rail Easy, reliable connection using tunnel terminals, terminals for lugs or screw terminals Compliance with standards: IEC 44-1, NEF 42502, VDE 0414, BS 7626 and IEC 38-1 Degree of protection: IP20 Ambient installation temperature: Standard range: -5°C to +55°C, humidity < 95%, Tropicalised range: -25°C to +60°C humidity > 95% Storage temperature: -40°C to +80°C electrical data Maximum voltage rating Ue: 720V Secondary current: 5A Frequency: 50 - 60Hz

TI mechanical data ■ Maximum dimensions of primary circuit opening and weight:

Part No. 16500 16509 16518 16523 16526 16537 16540 16545 16548 16506 16515 16521 16524 16535 16538 16544 16547 16549 and and and and and 16451 16459 16468 16473 16476 16456 16465 16471 16474 16483

Opening (mm) 20x5 30x10 40x10 64x11 and 51x31 65x32

Diameter (mm) 21 22 35 32 34x84 38x127 52x127 55x165

Weight (g) 200 270 430 500 600 700 1500 1500 5000

Specific technical data Ring type current transformers
■ ■ Secondary connection using terminals for crimped lugs, tunnel terminals or using studs (depending on Part No.) Delivered with: Adaptor for fixing on a symmetrical rail ■ ■ ■ Adaptor for fixing on a plate ■ ■ ■ ■ Insulated binding screw Sealable cover

Part No.

16500 16509 16518 16523 16526 16537 16540 16545 16548

-

16506 16515 16521 16524 16535 16538 16544 16547 16549

and and and and and

16451 16459 16468 16473 16476

-

16456 16465 16471 16474 16483

■ ■ ■ ■

■ Optional Optional ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■

For further details on selecting a current transformer, see page 161.

69

TI current transformers
Metering and measurement
Rating Part No. standard TI 16500 16501 16502 16503 16504 16505 16509 16506 16510 16526 16511 16518 16627 16512 16519 16528 16520 16529 16513* 16521 16523 16530 16514* 16524 16531 16515* 16532 16533 16534 16537 16540 16535 16538 16541 16542 16543 16545 16544 16547 16548 16549 Part No. tropicalised TI 16451 16452 16453 16454 16455 16459 16456 16460 16476 16461 16468 16477 16462 16469 16478 16470 16479 16463 16471 16473 16480 16464 16474 16481 16465 16482 16483 Part No. cylinder 16550 16550 16550 16550 16550 16550 16550 Power (VA) Accuracy class 0.5 1 1.25 1.25 2.5 4 4 5.5 6 7 2 9 5 4 11 8 6 12 7.5 15 12 4 10 18 6 10 21.5 15 20 25 15 12 30 20 15 20 25 50 30 80 120 120

40/5A 50/5A 75/5A 100/5A 125/5A 150/5A 200/5A

2 2.5 3 1.5 4 4 6 2.5 1 7.5 4 1.5 8 5 10.5 10 2 8 12 4 8 14.5 12.5 15 20 12 8 22.5 15 10 15 20 40 25 60 60 70

16503

250/5A

16551

300/5A

16551

400/5A

16551

500/5A

16551

600/5A

16551

800/5A 1000/5A 1250/5A
16512

3 1 1.5 3 4 5 6.5 6.5 7 8.5 5 11 8 6 13.5 12 7 15 10 18 15 6 12 22 8 12 26 20 25 30 20 35 25

1500/5A

2000/5A 2500/5A 300/5A 4000/5A 5000/5A 6000/5A

60 100

* Only for use with cylinder

Accessories Sealable cover for 16509 - 16515 and 16459 - 16465 Sealable cover for 16518 - 16521 and 16468 - 16471

Part No. 16552 16553

70

TH modular thermostats
Energy management
Application
The TH3 and TH6 modular thermostats offer close tolerance temperature control for a variety of applications.

Technical data
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
15840

Output contact rating: 5 A at 250Vac cos Ø =1 1 A at 250Vac cos Ø = 0.6 Electronic thermostat: Consumption: 2VA Temperature difference between tripping and activation: ± 0.2°C Degree of protection: IP20

Specific technical data
TH3 ■ Three indicator lights visualise: ■ Above freezing operation (green) ■ Reduced operation (yellow) ■ The make position of the output contacts (red) ■ Connection: 6mm2 tunnel terminals ■ Delivered with ambient temperature probe TH6 ■ Indicator light: a (red) light emitting diode visualises the make position of the output contacts ■ Connection: 2 x 2.5mm2 tunnel terminals ■ Delivered without probe

15841

Type

TH3 (c/w probe 15846) TH6 Accessories Ground probe Ambient probe Outdoor probe Collar probe

Temperature range (0C) +8 to +26 -30 to +90

Width in 18mm ways 4.5 4.5

Part No.

15841 15840

15845 15846 15847 15848

External contacts Above freezing Reduced setpoint

1

2

3

4

5

6 7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6 7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

L Ambient temperature control

NO L N

220/240V

L Ambient temperature control

NO L N
220/240V

{

TH3

TH6

{

71

72

Unit mounted residual current devices
RMG residual current devices RMG auxiliaries RMG accessories RMG enclosures

Section three
74 75 76 77

The devices featured in Section three are not suitable for mounting in the Isobar 4 outgoing connection system

73

RMG residual current devices
Ratings: 16 - 100A Sensitivities: 10 - 300mA, time delayed
Application
Type RMG residual current devices provide the functions of isolation, switching and earth leakage protection of electrical circuits. They have a residual current operated electro-mechanical release which operates without any auxiliary source of supply to open a circuit automatically in the case of an earth leakage fault between phase and earth greater than or equal to a threshold of 10, 30, 100, or 300mA.

Type RMG RCD - two pole 240V Class AC
Rating (A) 16 25 25 40 40 63 63 63 80 80 80 100 100 100 80 time delayed 100 time delayed 100 time delayed Sensitivity (mA) 10 10 30 30 300 30 100 300 30 100 300 30 100 300 100 50 - 70ms 300 50 - 70ms 100 50 - 70ms Part No. RMG RMG RMG RMG RMG RMG RMG RMG RMG RMG RMG RMG RMG RMG 16 010 2 25 010 2 25 030 2 40 030 2 40 300 2 63 030 2 63 100 2 63 300 2 80 030 2 80 100 2 80 300 2 100 030 2 100 100 2 100 300 2

RMG 80 030 2

Specifications
■ RCD: BS EN 61008

Technical data
■ Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 Unwanted tripping All RMG rcd's incorporate a filtering device preventing the risks of unwanted tripping due to transient voltages (lightning, line disturbances on other equipment...) and transient currents (from high capacitive circuits.)

23111 23116 RMG 1001002S

Electrical data
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Current ratings: 16A - 100A Voltage ratings: 2 pole: 110/240Vac, 4 pole: 240/415Vac Cable capacities 16A - 80A: tunnel terminals for cables up to 35mm2 100A: clamp terminals for cables up to 50mm2 Number of operating cycles: (on load) 20,000 cycles (O-C) Operating temperature: -5 to +40°C Identification system: All RMG RCDs can accept up to a total of 4 marking accessories on each of their poles.

Type RMG RCD - four pole 415V Class AC
Rating (A) 25 25 40 40 63 63 63 63 time delayed 80 100 100 time delayed Sensitivity (mA) 30 300 30 300 30 100 300 300 50 - 70ms 30 300 300 50 - 70ms Part No. RMG RMG RMG RMG RMG RMG RMG 25 25 40 40 63 63 63 030 300 030 300 030 100 300 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Width in 18mm SP ways: 2P RMG all ratings: 2 4P RMG all ratings: 4

23146 16261 23213 23227

Installation
■ On symmetrical DIN rail ■ Panel mounting Note: RMG residual current devices must be used with circuit breakers to provide circuit protection of overload and short circuit faults. ■ Dimensions: see page 170

Type RMG RCD Class A
Rating (A) 25A 30mA 40A 30mA 63A 30mA 40A 30mA 63A 30mA No. of poles 2 2 2 4 4 Part No. 23249 23253 23258 23303 23308

3 phase 3 wire 415V applications
In applications where no neutral is available an auxiliary test resistor is required for test button operation. Note: Device operation is independent of voltage or type of connection. 30mA 2700Ω 4 watt 100mA 820Ω 4 watt 300 mA 270Ω 4 watt Note: Resistors are not available from Merlin Gerin.

N

R
FEED LOAD

Y B

or
LOAD FEED

N

R

Y B

74

Electrical auxiliaries for 2 and 4 pole RMGs

Arrangement of auxiliaries
O F + O F S R M G

+

+

+

+

O F

+

MX or MN

O F S

R M G

O F

+

MX or MN

+

MX or MN

+

O F S

+

R M G

Auxiliary switch OF

Shunt trip module MX

Undervoltage trip module MN

Auxiliary switch OF.S

RCD

Note: both 2P and 4P RMG type residual current devices can be fitted with the above combinations of electrical auxiliaries. Note: OFS required for all combinations.

Shunt trip release (MX)
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Enables remote tripping Is equipped with a cut off switch in series with the coil allowing control circuit to remain energised Includes one auxiliary changeover switch (OF) Red flag trip indicator Mounted on the LHS of the OFS Cable capacity 2.5mm2 Width Coil Consumption in 18mm volt pickup W or VA SP ways 1 130Vdc 10 1 240Vac 50 1 415Vac 120 1 48 - 60Vdc 22 1 48 - 130Vac 200 1 24Vac/dc 120 Also requires OFS 26923 Part No. 26946 26946 26946 26947 26947 26948

26946

Undervoltage release (MN)
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Enables the RCD to be tripped either when the auxiliary supply voltage drops or by the opening operation of a normally closed remote pushbutton Prevents the RCD from being switched 'ON' again if the undervoltage release supply is not present Red flag trip indicator Mounted on the LHS of the OFS Cable capacity 2.5mm2 Width Coil Consumption in 18mm volt pickup W or VA SP ways 1 220/240Vac 4.1 1 48Vac/dc 4.3 Also requires OFS 26923 Part No. 26960 26961

26960

Auxiliary switch (OFS)
■ ■ A changeover switch which acts as an indicating or control device to monitor the ON or OFF positions of an RCD The OFS also acts as an adaptor mounted on the LHS of RCD, between the RCD and any other auxiliaries (additional OF, MX, MN, mounted on LHS of OFS). Indicates type of RCD Cable capacity 2.5mm2 Width in 18mm SP ways 0.5 Contact ratings (A): ■ 3A at 415Vac ■ 1A at 125Vdc ■ 6A at 24Vdc ■ 6A at 240Vac ■ 2A at 48Vdc Part No. OFS 26923

26923

Auxiliary switch (OF)
■ ■ ■ Changes main contacts to ON/OFF Test button on front face Cable capacity 2.5mm2 Width in 18mm SP ways 0.5 OF Also requires OFS 26923 Part No. 26924

26924

75

Accessories
RMG type residual current devices
Terminal shields
■ Two piece: completely covers terminals (cannot be fitted to 100A 2 pole unit) Description Two piece unit for use with 2P RMG RCDs (except 100A unit) Two piece unit for use with 4P RMG RCDs Part No. 26976 26978

26978

Sealable terminal screw shield
■ ■ Enables total isolation of the terminal screws 2P and 4P RMG RCDs only Description For use with 2P and 4P RMG RCDs (2 strips of 4) Part No. 26981

26981

Padlocking facility
Description Padlocking bag of 2 Padlock + 2 keys Spare key for MGPL Part No. 26970 MGPL MGPLSK

76

▼ Metal ❖ All insulated

Enclosures
RMG type residual current devices
▼ G9 enclosure IP30
For a more comprehensive range of enclosures please refer to Section seven. ■ Made from folded steel, epoxy powder coated ■ Degree of protection: IP30 ■ It consists of: ■ A back plate with DIN rail ■ A cover screwed to the back plate having 25mm knockouts top and bottom Capacity in 18mm SP ways 3 4 5 ■ ■ ■ Dimensions: see page 189 For 2P RMG RCDs use 99560 For 4P RMG RCDs use 14599. Part No. 99560 14599 14603

14599

❖ Mini opale IP30
Impact resistant, all insulated enclosure self extinguishing to 650°C. ■ Degree of protection: IP30 ■ It consists of: ■ An insulated back plate with integral DlN rail ■ A cover clipped to the back plate ■ Four hole terminal bar (also available separately (1 X 16mm2 + 3 X 10mm2) Part No. 14901) Capacity in 18mm SP ways 2 4 6 8 ■ Dimensions: see page 189 ■ For 2P RMG RCDs use 13392 ■ For 4P RMG RCDs use 13394 Part No. 13392 13394 13396 13398

13394

❖ Kaedra weatherproof IP65
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Degree of protection: IP65 Protection against mechanical damage IK09 Self extinguishing insulating material Flame and abnormal heat resistance 6500C, IEC 60695-2-1 Class 2: total insulation They are supplied complete with: Built in dividable blanking plate Screwed cover with hinged transparent window 13441 - 13443 two terminal blocks 4 holes each 13444 - two terminal blocks 8 holes each Accessories: see page 131 Capacity in 18mm SP ways 4 6 8 12 Lock & key Sealing kit Bag of membrane glands ■ Dimensions: see page 190 Part No. 13441 13442 13443 13444 13948 13947 14190

13441

77

78

Circuit breakers
DPN MCBs, 1 - 40A DPN RCBOs, 6 - 40A C120 MCBs, 10 - 125A C120 Vigi’s, 10 - 125A DPN/C60/C120 auxiliaries DPN/C60/C120 accessories NG125 MCBs, 10 - 125A NG125 Vigi’s, 10 - 125A NG125 auxiliaries NG125 accessories P25M, 0.16 - 25A

Section four
80 81 82 - 83 84 - 85 86 - 89 90 - 91 92 - 98 99 - 103 104 - 107 108 - 109 110 - 111

The devices featured in Section four are not suitable for mounting in the Isobar 4 Connection System

79

DPN
Miniature circuit breakers 1P + switched neutral Ratings 4 - 40A, breaking capacity 6kA
Applications
Protection and control of circuits against overloads and short circuits where switching of the neutral is required.

DPN type B
■ ■ ■ For use in applications with general load characteristics 2 pole switching in single pole width. Phase only protected Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type B magnetic setting between 3 and 5 In Part No. 19249 19250 19252 19254 19255 19256 19257 19258 Width in 18mm SP ways 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

19271

Rating (A) 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40

DPN type C
■ ■ ■ For use in applications with moderate inrush currents 2 pole switching in single pole width. Phase only protected Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type C magnetic setting between 3 and 10 In Part No. 19260 19261 19263 19264 19266 19268 19269 19270 19271 19272 Width in 18mm SP ways 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Rating (A) 1 2 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40

Installation
■ Panel mounting on symmetrical DIN rail in multi-service type boards and standard enclosures

Technical data
■ ■ ■ ■ Current rating: 1 to 40A at 300C Voltage rating: 240Vac Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898, 6kA Operating cycles: Mechanical: 20,000 Electrical: 20A, 20,000 25A, 15,000 32A, 10,000 40A, 6,000 Positive contact indication: in accordance with BS 7671 Width: 18mm Weight: 120g Cable capacity: 16mm2 Tightening torque: 2.5Nm see page 96 see page172

■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Accessories: Dimensions:

80

DPN RCBO
Combined MCB/RCD 1P + switched neutral
Application
Protection against the effects of earth leakage, overload and short circuit currents. ■ 2 pole switching of phase & neutral. Phase protected against overloads and short circuits ■ Commercial, industrial and domestic electrical distribution systems Note: must not be used as the sole means of providing protection against direct contact (BS7671).

Technical data
■ ■ ■
19668

■ ■

Width Sens. in (mA) 18mm SP ways N + 1P 2 30

Type

Rat. (A)

Part No. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

6 10 16 20 25 32 40

19661 19663 19665 19666 19667 19668 19669

Nominal voltage: 110/240V Breaking capacity: 6000A Ics to BS EN 60898, and earth leakage tested to BS EN 61009 Tripping characteristics: C curve: the magnetic release operates between 5 and 10 In Positive contact indication of the phase conductor: in accordance with the IEE Wiring Regulations BS7671 Sensitivity: (non-adjustable) 30mA: unwanted tripping: The DPN rcbo incorporates a filtering device, preventing the risks of unwanted tripping due to transient voltages (lightning, line disturbances on other equipment and transient currents from high capacitive circuits) Visual indication of trip due to earth faults AC Class Cable capacities: Tunnel terminals up to 16mm2 Weight: 190g Installation: Panel mounting on symmetrical DIN rail in multi-service type boards and standard enclosures Padlocking in the ON/OFF position by using Part No. MGLA or 26970
N 1P

R

N 2

1 protected pole + switched neutral

Type No. of MCBs Comb busbar 1P+N 13 1P+N 24 (bag of 2) 25mm2 insulated connector (bag of 4) 432
max.24 MCBs

Part no. 14880 14890 14885

Comb busbars
Comb busbars enable several circuit breakers to be supplied with power. ■ The supply to the comb busbar can be connected: ■ Directly across the circuit breaker terminals by a 16mm2 cable OR ■ Via 25mm2 connectors. Suitable for use with DPN MCBs and DPN vigi or combinations of both

235
max.13 MCBs

Characteristics
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 10 15 Current rating at 400C: 100A with a central connector 125A with two supply points Markers can be installed: On the front face (max. 6 markers) Or above the downstream terminals (max. 4 markers).

DPN comb busbar 100A/240V IEC664

Clip-on markers

27

81

C120H circuit breakers
B, C and D curves Ratings 10 - 125A, breaking capacity 15kA
Applications
C120 MCBs provide high levels of current capacity, while maintaining a breaking capacity of 15kA. Available with a wide range of add on earth leakage and control accessories, C120H provides a physical replacement for the previous NC100 range of devices with B, C, and D type characteristics and 1 - 4 poles. ■ Protection of cables against overloads and short circuits in final distribution ■ Manual control and isolation ■ Earth leakage protection when combined with a Vigi to BS EN 61009 ■ Remote tripping, indication, by adding auxiliaries common to the entire C60/C120 range See page 88

1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type B C120H miniature circuit breakers

Technical data
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Current rating: 10 - 125A Maximum voltage rating Ue: 440Vac Insulation voltage Ui: 500V Impulse withstand voltage Uimp: 6kV Complies with: BS EN 60898 and BS EN 60947-2 ■ Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898 Type Voltage Breaking (V) capacity Icn (A) 1, 2, 3, and 4P 230 - 400 15000 ■ Breaking capacity: BS EN 60947-2 Type Voltage Breaking (V) capacity Icu (A) 1P 130 30000 230 - 240 15000 400 - 415 4500 (1) 2, 3 and 4P 230 - 240 30000 400 - 415 15000 440 10000 (1) Breaking capacity under 1 pole with IT isolated neutral system (case of double fault). ■ ■ ■ Service breaking capacity: Ics = 50% Icu Positive contact indication Fast closing ensures simultaneous closing of poles ■ Electrical durability: ■ ≤63A: 10,000 cycles (O-C) ■ 80 - 125A: 5,000 cycles (O-C) ■ Limitation class: 3 ■ Mechanical durability: 20,000 cycles (O-C) ■ Weight: Pole Grams 1 205 2 410 3 615 4 820 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Connection: Flexible cables: 1.5 - 35mm2 Rigid cables: 1 - 50mm2 Tightening torque: 3.5Nm Terminals ensure: Degree of protection IP2X Clamping of wide cross section cables Automatic guiding of cable into the correct position Markers: 4 marker clips next to the upstream terminal Label holder on handle (2, 3 and 4 pole) Degree of pollution: 3

1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type C C120H miniature circuit breakers

1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type D C120H miniature circuit breakers

82

C120H circuit breakers
B, C and D curves Ratings 10 - 125A, breaking capacity 15kA
B curve
■ Applications: Protection and control of circuits against overloads and short circuits in applications with general load characteristics Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 Type B. Magnetic setting between 3 and 5 In

C120H Type B curve miniature circuit breaker Part No’s
Ratings (A) 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 1P Width in 18mm SP ways 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2P Width in 18mm SP ways 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3P Width in 18mm SP ways 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4P Width in 18mm SP ways 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

18394 18395 18396 18397 18398 18399 18400 18401 18402 18403 18404

18405 18406 18407 18408 18409 18410 18411 18412 18413 18414 18415

18416 18417 18418 18419 18420 18421 18422 18423 18424 18425 18426

18427 18428 18429 18430 18431 18432 18433 18434 18435 18436 18437

Note: These products are not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection system.

C curve
■ Applications: Protection and control of circuits against overloads and short circuits in applications with moderate inrush currents Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 Type C. Magnetic setting between 5 and 10 In

C120H Type C curve miniature circuit breaker Part No’s
Ratings (A) 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 1P Width in 18mm SP ways 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2P Width in 18mm SP ways 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3P Width in 18mm SP ways 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4P Width in 18mm SP ways 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

18438 18439 18440 18441 18442 18443 18444 18445 18446 18447 18448

18449 18450 18451 18452 18453 18454 18455 18456 18457 18458 18459

18460 18461 18462 18463 18464 18465 18466 18467 18468 18469 18470

18471 18472 18473 18474 18475 18476 18477 18478 18479 18480 18481

Note: These products are not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection system.

D curve
■ Applications: Protection and control of circuits against overloads and short circuits in applications with high inrush currents Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 Type D. Magnetic setting between 10 and 14 In

C120H Type D curve miniature circuit breaker Part No’s
Ratings (A) 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 1P Width in 18mm SP ways 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2P Width in 18mm SP ways 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3P Width in 18mm SP ways 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4P Width in 18mm SP ways 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

18482 18483 18484 18485 18486 18487 18488 18489 18490 18491 18492

18493 18494 18495 18496 18497 18498 18499 18500 18501 18502 18503

18504 18505 18506 18507 18508 18509 18510 18511 18512 18513 18514

18515 18516 18517 18518 18519 18520 18521 18522 18523 18524 18525

Note: These products are not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection system.

1

1

3

1

3

5

1

3

5

7

2

2

4

2

4

6

2

4

6

8

83

Vigi C120 modules
Add on residual current devices for use with C120 MCBs Standard and si type, BS EN 61009-IEC 60497.2 appendix B
Common function
■ The protection of electrical installations against earth faults ■ The protection of persons against indirect contact: medium sensitivities (300, 500, 1000mA) ■ Supplementary protection of persons against accidental direct contact: high sensitivity (30mA) The C120 residual current device complies with BS EN 61009. It is equipped with a locating device that ensures the correct rating and number of poles. The technical data of C120 circuit breakers when combined with Vigi modules remain unchanged and the circuit breakers remain compatible with indication or control auxiliaries.

Common technical data
■ The Vigi C120 module incorporates the residual current relay and toroid in a case. Its earth leakage module is electro-mechanical. It functions without an auxiliary power supply source and thus has a very wide operating range Protected against nuisance tripping due to transient overvoltages (lightning strike, switchgear switching on the network, etc.) Breaking and making capacity upon short circuit is equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker Instantaneous or selective s trip units Reinforced electromagnetic compatibility

■ ■ ■ ■

Technical data for standard type
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ AC class: standard, 50 - 60Hz 8/20ms impulse withstand: Instantaneous: 250A peak Selective: 3kA peak Impulse withstand: Instantaneous: 3kA peak Selective: 5kA peak Remote tripping: possible using an MX or MN release on circuit breaker Connection: Identical to C120 circuit breakers: Flexible cables: 1.5 - 35mm2 Rigid cables: 1 - 50mm22 Tightening torque: 3.5Nm Width of C120 residual current device + Vigi module: (in number of 18mm SP ways) 3P 9.5 (4.5+5) 4P 11 (6+5)

Trip sensitivity
■ AC class Tripped by sinusoidal AC currents whether they are quickly applied or rise slowly A class A class: ensures tripping with a DC component current. Tripped by sinusoidal AC currents as well as by pulsed DC currents whether they are quickly applied or rise slowly

Trip type Instantaneous
Provides a trip upon reaching threshold (no intentional time delay).

Selective s
Provides discrimination with down stream device by introducing an intentional time delay. Down stream device must be instantaneous with a sensitivity of 1/2 the upstream device.

2P 6.5 (3+3.5) ■ 2P 325 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Weight (g):

si
Provides continuity of supply on circuits with a disturbed supply network. Used where there is a high risk of nuisance tripping due to: ■ Lightning strikes ■ IT earthing systems ■ Switched electronic ballasts Desensitised by: ■ Harmonics or high frequencies ■ DC components

3P 500

4P 580

Fault indication by means of a red strip on the resetting handle Resetting the Vigi module, at user's convenience: Either using the circuit breaker handle Or independently of the circuit breaker Test button on front face for local operation check

Combination of earth leakage modules with circuit breakers

+

=

C120 circuit breaker

Vigi C120 module

C120 residual current device

84

Vigi C120 modules
Add on residual current devices for use with C120 MCBs AC, A, si class, BS EN 61009
Class AC, C120 Vigi module. 230 - 415V
Sens. (mA) 30 300 300 s 500 1000 s 2P Width in 18mm SP ways 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3P Width in 18mm SP ways 5 5 5 5 5 4P Width in 18mm SP ways 5 5 5 5 5

18563 18564 18544 18565 18545

18566 18567 18546 18568 18547

18569 18570 18548 18571 18549

18563

18546

18549

Class A, C120 Vigi module. 230 - 415V
Sens. (mA) 30 300 300 s 500 500 s 1000 s
18572 18584 18589

2P

18572 18573 18581 18574 18582 18583

Width in 18mm SP ways 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

3P

18575 18576 18584 18577 18585 18586

Width in 18mm SP ways 5 5 5 5 5 5

4P

18578 18579 18587 18580 18588 18589

Width in 18mm SP ways 5 5 5 5 5 5

Class si, C120 Vigi module. 230 - 415V
Sens. (mA) 30 300 300 s 500 1000 s 2P Width in 18mm SP ways 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3P Width in 18mm SP ways 5 5 5 5 5 4P Width in 18mm SP ways 5 5 5 5 5

18591 18592 18556 18593 18557

18594 18595 18558 18596 18559

18597 18598 18560 18599 18561

18591

18558

18561

1

3
T

1

3

5
T

1

3

5

7
T

2 4

24 6

2 4 68

2 pole devices

3 pole devices

4 pole devices

85

Electrical auxiliaries
For DPN, C60 and C120
Applications
The TM unit provides remote control of C60 and C120 circuit breakers via an electrical signal. For security or energy management, TM can be used to control lighting motors or heating. For the remote control and status indication of DPN, C60 or C120 MCBs. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ They are mounted to the left of the circuit breaker within a maximum width of 54mm Fixed using clips (no tools) onto the left side of the circuit breaker Compatible with Vigi modules (fitted to the right side) A maximum of 3 indication auxiliaries on the same circuit breaker A maximum of 2 changeover auxiliaries (OF+SD/OF) on the same circuit breaker A maximum of 2 tripping auxiliaries (MX + OF or MN) on the same circuit breaker A maximum of 1 tripping auxiliary (MN s or MNx or MSU) on the same circuit breaker

+

+

+

+

+

+

OF+SD/OF auxiliary contact

OF auxiliary contact

SD fault indication switch

MN s , MNx or MSU auxiliary

MX + OF or MN auxiliary

TM remote control

Circuit breaker

86

TM remote controls
For C60 and C120
Possible Voltage combinations (V) C60 1 - 2P C120 1 - 2P 230 230 Part No. Width in 18mm SP ways 3.5 3.5

A1
MX MN SD OF auto 230V ~

18310 18312

A2 18310

A1
MX MN SD OF auto 230V ~

Possible Voltage combinations (V) C60 3 - 4P 230

Part No.

18311

Width in 18mm SP ways 3.5

A2

18311

Tm modules allow:
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Remote control of C60/C120 circuit breakers (with or without a Vigi module)via a latched order Circuit breaker resetting after tripping, while respecting safety rules and regulations in force A disconnection selector switch placed on the front panel is used to: Disconnect the remote control Lock the remote controlled circuit breaker in the "open" position (7 mm Ø padlock not supplied) A mechanical indicator shows the "open" or "closed"status of the Tm remote control Reclosing after a fault: Must be carried out in manual mode,locally after search and clearance of the fault To enable manual and local resetting, an SD auxiliary switch (cat.no.26927),cabled in series in the control line of the Tm to module, prevent automatic remote reclosing Remote reclosing is possible provided regulations are complied with:resetting takes place by opening the control circuit for more than 1.5s

Technical data
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Control voltage (Uc): 230Vac (-15% +10%) Frequency: 50 - 60Hz Consumption: Inrush: -Tm C60:28VA, -Tm C120:35VA Holding: 2VA Insensitive to brownouts: 0.45s Undervoltage behaviour: >0.45s,mechanical opening of poles Reclosing 2s after power is restored Number of cycles (O-C)at 40°C: Tm +C60:20 000 Tm +C120 (63A):10 000 Tm +C120 (80 - 125A): 5 000 Opening time by Tm: 0.5s Closing time by Tm: 2s

Connection
■ ■ ■ Using tunnel terminals: 1 x 6mm2 cable 2 x 1.5mm2 or 2.5mm2 cables

Weight
■ ■ 1 - 2P: 300g 3 - 4P: 310g

87

Electrical auxiliaries
For DPN, C60 and C120
MX + OF (shunt release and auxiliary contact)
Control Part No. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) (Vdc) ways 110 - 415 110 - 130 26946 1 48 48 26947 1 12/24 12/24 26948 1 Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is applied. Indication of tripping and fitted with changeover contact for indication and self breaks control circuit allowing it to remain energised.

U>

14 12 26946

C2 C1

MSU (voltage threshold release)
1P + N
U>>

Control Part No. voltage (Vac) 220 - 240 tripping at 255V 26979 220 - 240 tripping at 275V 26479

Width in 18mm SP ways 2* 2*

N L 26979

MN (under voltage release)
Instantaneous
U<

Control Part No. voltage (Vac) (Vdc) 220 - 240 26960 48 48 26961 115 (400Hz) 26959 220 - 240 Delayed s 26963 Disconnects the MCB when a voltage

Width in 18mm SP ways 1 1 1 2 is removed.

D1 D2 26963

MNx emergency stop
Ph + N Control Part No. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) ways 230 26969 2 230 26977 2* 400 26991 2* 400 26971 2 * For use with C60 only. Disconnects the MCB when the normally closed push button contact is opened. Does not trip in the event of power supply failure.

U<

E1 E2 26969

N

L

MX shunt release
Control voltage (Vac) 110 - 415 48 12/24 Part No. (Vdc) 110 - 130 48 12/24 Width in 18mm SP ways 1 1 1

U>

26476 26477 26478

C2 26476

C1

88

Electrical auxiliaries
For DPN, C60 and C120
SD fault indicating switch
Part No. Width in 18mm SP ways 0.5 (V) 240Vac 415Vac 24Vdc 48Vdc 125Vdc (A) 6A 3A 6A 2A 1A

26927

94 92 26927

91

Contact rating Auxiliary contact changes when device trips, with front face indication.

OF auxiliary contact
Part No. Width in 18mm SP ways 0.5 (V) 240Vac 415Vac 24Vdc 48Vdc 125Vdc (A) 6A 3A 6A 2A 1A

26924

14 12 26924

11

Contact rating Auxiliary contact changes with main contacts (ON/OFF) with test button on front face.

OF + SD/OF selector switch
Part No. voltage 26929 Width in 18mm SP ways 0.5

Auxiliary contact and selectable auxiliary or fault contact with front face indication.
26929 24 22 92 94 21 91

89

Accessories
For C60 and C120
Padlocking facility
Breaker C60 C120 Quantity Pack of 5 Pack of 2 Part No. MGLA 27145

26970

Screw shield
Breaker C60 C60 vigi C120 Quantity Sealable and dividable 2 strips of 4 1P shields pack of 20 Sealable and dividable 2 strips of 4 Part No. 26981 26982 18527

18527

Terminal shield
Breaker C60 Pole 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Part No. 26975 26976 26975 26976 + 26978 18526 2 x 18526 3 x 18526 4 x 18526

C120

18526

Insulated sub distribution terminal
Breaker Quantity C60/C120 Pack of 4 For 3 x cables up to 16mm2 each. Part No. 19091

19091

Aluminium cable terminal
Breaker Quantity C60/C120 Pack of 1 For cables 16 - 50mm2. Part No. 27060

27060

90

Accessories
For C60 and C120
Screw connection
Breaker C60/C120 Quantity Pack of 8 Part No. 27053

Rear connection terminal with interpole barrier
Breaker C60/C120 Quantity Pack of 2 Part No. 18528

18528

Inter-pole barrier
Breaker C60/C120 Quantity Pack of 10 Part No. 27001

27001

Spacer
Breaker C60/C120 Width 9mm Part No. 27062

27062

Label holder
Breaker C120 Quantity Pack of 10 replacements Part No. 27150

Replacement wire cover for vigibloc
Breaker C60 Pack of 5 replacements
26483

Pole 2 3 4

Part No. 26483 26484 26485

Marking accessories
These clip-on markers allow identification of MCBs and RCDs

27017

91

NG125 circuit breakers
Selection
Circuit breakers
Standard Number of poles Rating (A) Type Curves Magnetic threshold In 8 8 4 12 8 12 Breaking capacity at 415V (kA) 16 25 36 50

BS EN 60947-2

1, 2 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 2, 3

10 - 80 10 - 125 80 - 125 80 - 125 10 - 80 1.6 - 80

NG125N NG125N NG125N NG125N NG125H NG125LMA

C C B D C MA

Trip free switch disconnector
Standard BS EN 60947-3 Number of poles 3, 4 Rating Type 80, 100, 125 NG125NA

Earth leakage modules for trip free circuit breakers and switch disconnectors
Standard Number of poles 2, 3, 4 Rating In at 400C (A) 63 Vigi type Sensitivity (mA) Instantaneous Vigi NG125 30 300 Selective s 300 1000 300-500-1000 300-500-1000 Instantaneous or selective Instantaneous or selective s or delayed 150ms 300-500-1000-3000 with fault threshold indication (1) 300-500-1000-3000 with fault threshold indication 300-500-1000-3000 with fault threshold indication

BS EN 60947-2

3 4

125 125

Vigi NG125 30 Vigi NG125 30 300

(1) Only in 3P and 4P.
Note: This product is not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection systems.

92

NG125 circuit breakers
Selection
Choice of circuit breakers
Type Impulse voltage Uimp (kV) Insulation voltage Ui (V) Maximum voltage rating Ue (V) Number of poles Breaking Icu AC 110 - 130V capacity 220 - 240V (kA) 380 - 415V IEC 947.2 440V 500V DC 60V 125V 250V 500V Ics AC DC Tripping B curve 40°C curves C curve 40°C /ratings (A) D curve 40°C MA curve Fast closing Positive break indication Auxiliaries Degree of pollution 3 40°C NG125N 8 690 500 1 50 25 6 – – 25 – – – 75% Icu 100% Icu 10 - 80 – ■ ■ ■ ■ NG125H 8 690 500 1 70 36 9 – 36 – – – 75% Icu 100% Icu 10 - 80 – ■ ■ ■ ■ NG125LMA 8 690 500 – 2, 3 – – – 100 – 50 – 40 – 15 – – – – – – – –

2, 3, 4 – 50 25 20 10 – 25 (2P) 25 (4P) – 75% Icu 100% Icu 80 - 125 10 - 125 80 - 125

2, 3, 4 – 70 36 30 12 – 36 (2P) 36 (4P) –

– 10 - 80 – 1.6 - 80 ■ ■ ■ ■

18668

93

NG125 switch disconnectors
BS EN 60947-3
Applications
The NG125NA is a trip free switch disconnector for on load opening and closing.

This modular device has the same auxiliary functions and accessories as the NG125 circuit breaker.
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Vigi NG125 module for earth leakage protection OF + SD auxiliary contact MX or MN releases Various connection types (80, 100 and 125A ratings) Rotary handle.This modular device has the same auxiliary

Common technical data
■ ■ ■ ■ Ratings: 63 - 125A Maximum voltage rating Ue: 500Vac Performance as in BS EN 60947.3 Short time withstand current (50ms) Icw: 1.5kA ■ Maximum making capacity: see co-ordination tables ■ Maximum insulation voltage Ui: 690V ■ Impulse voltage Uimp: 8kV ■ Electrical durability: Voltage Category 63/80A 100/125A 500Vac AC22B 1500 1000 440Vac AC22B 1500 1000 415Vac AC22A-AC23B 1500 1000 125Vdc DC22A 1500 1000 (2P series) 250Vdc DC22A 1500 1000 (4P series) ■ Isolation with positive contact indication ■ Built-in padlocking facility ■ Weight (g): Type 3P 4P 720 960 ■ Compatible with Pragma or Prisma G or P modular enclosures Connection: tunnel terminals for flexible and rigid copper cables up to 70 mm2

18891

3P
1 3 5

Maximum rating (A) 63 80 100 125

Part No.

18889 18890 18891 18892

Width in 18mm SP ways 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

2

4

6

4P
1 3 5 7

Maximum rating (A) 63 80 100 125

Part No.

18893 18894 18895 18896

Width in 18mm SP ways 6 6 6 6

2

4

6

8

Note: This product is not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection systems.

94

NG125N circuit breakers
B, C and D curves BS EN 60947-2: 25kA
Applications
This circuit breaker is specially designed for functions requiring a high breaking capacity (up to 25kA): modular enclosure incomer, main incomer in sub-distribution switchboards, outgoer, protection of loads directly supplied by a power switchboard.

Common technical data
■ Rating: 10 - 125A ■ Reference temperature: 40°C ■ Uimp: 8kV ■ Ui: 690V ■ Maximum voltage rating: 500Vac ■ Breaking capacity: as in BS EN 60947-2: Type Voltage Breaking capacity (Vac) (A) 1P 220 - 240 25000 1P 380 - 415 6000 (1) 2, 3, 4P 380 - 415 25000 (1) 1 pole breaking capacity in the IT isolated neutral system (double fault). ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Isolation with positive contact indication 3 position toggle: open-tripped-closed Built-in padlocking facility on 3P and 4P Fault display on front face by: Fault indicator Position of toggle: tripped Test button to check proper operation of the tripping mechanism ■ Fast closing ■ Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles at In ■ Tropicalisation as in IEC 68.1: treatment 2 (relative humidity: 95% at 55°C) ■ Weight (g): Type 1P 2P 3P 4P 240 480 720 960 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Compatible with loose enclosures, refer to Section 6 Degree of protection: IP20B (IP40D for the part outside the enclosure) Connection: ≤ 63A ratings: tunnel terminals for 1.5 - 50mm2 copper cables 80 - 125A ratings: tunnel terminals for 16 - 70mm2 copper cables Aluminium cables, copper cables with lug or busbar (see connection accessories) On 3P and 4P: upstream voltage connection on each pole, by 6.35mm Fast on lugs, for auxiliary circuit supply

B curve
■ The magnetic trip units operate at 4 In ± 20%

C curve
■ The magnetic trip units operate at 8 In ± 20%

D curve
■ The magnetic trip units operate at 12 In ± 20%

95

NG125N circuit breakers
B, C and D curves BS EN 60947-2: 25kA Ratings 10 - 125A
B curve NG125N
Rating (A) 80 100 125
18664

3P

18663 18664 18665

Width in 18mm SP ways 4.5 4.5 4.5

4P

18666 18667 18668

Width in 18mm SP ways 6 6 6

C curve NG125N
Rating (A) 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 1P Width in 18mm SP ways 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2P Width in 18mm SP ways 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3P Width in 18mm SP ways 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4P Width in 18mm SP ways 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

18610

18610 18611 18612 18613 18614 18615 18616 18617 18618

18621 18622 18623 18624 18625 18626 18627 18628 18629

18632 18633 18634 18635 18636 18637 18638 18639 18640 18642 18644

18649 18650 18651 18652 18653 18654 18655 18656 18658 18660 18662

D curve NG125N
Rating (A) 80 100 125
18669

3P

18669 18670 18671

Width in 18mm SP ways 4.5 4.5 4.5

4P

18672 18673 18674

Width in 18mm SP ways 6 6 6

1

1

3

1

3

5

1

3

5

7

2 1 pole devices

2

4

2

4

6

2

4

6

8

2 pole devices

3 pole devices

4 pole devices

Note: This product is not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection systems.

96

NG125H circuit breakers
C curve BS EN 60947-2: 36kA Ratings 10 - 125A
Applications
This circuit breaker is specially designed for functions requiring a high breaking capacity (up to 36kA): main incomer in sub-distribution switchboards; outgoer, protection of loads directly supplied by a power switchboard.

Common technical data
■ Rating: 10 - 80A ■ Reference temperature: 40°C ■ Uimp: 8kV ■ Ui: 690V ■ Maximum voltage rating: 500Vac ■ Breaking capacity: as in BS EN 60947-2: Type Voltage Breaking capacity (Vac) (A) 1P 220 - 240 36000 1P 380 - 415 9000 (1) 2, 3, 4P 380 - 415 36000 (1) 1 pole breaking capacity in IT isolated neutral systems (double fault). ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Isolation with positive break indication 3 position toggle: open-tripped-closed Built-in padlocking facility on 3P and 4P Fault display on front face by: Fault indicator Position of toggle: tripped Test button to check proper operation of the tripping mechanism Fast closing Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles at In Tropicalisation as in IEC 68.1: treatment 2 (relative humidity: 95% at 55°C)

■ Weight (g): Type 1P 240 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2P 480

3P 720

4P 960

Compatible with loose enclosures, refer to Section 6 Degree of protection: IP20B (IP40D for the part outside the enclosure) Connection: ≤ 63A ratings: tunnel terminals for 1.5 - 50mm2 copper cables 80A rating: tunnel terminals for 16 - 70mm2 copper cables Connection of aluminium cables, copper cables with lug or busbar for 3P and 4P (see connection accessories) Upstream voltage connection on each pole, by 6.35mm Fast on lugs, for auxiliary circuit supply

C curve
■ The magnetic trip units operate at 8 In ± 20%

C curve NG125H
Rating (A) 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 1P Width in 18mm SP ways 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2P Width in 18mm SP ways 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3P Width in 18mm SP ways 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4P Width in 18mm SP ways 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

18705

18705 18706 18707 18708 18709 18710 18711 18712 18713

18714 18715 18716 18717 18718 18719 18720 18721 18722

18723 18724 18725 18726 18727 18728 18729 18730 18731

18732 18733 18734 18735 18736 18737 18738 18739 18740

1

1

3

1

3

5

1

3

5

7

2 1 pole devices

2

4

2

4

6

2

4

6

8

2 pole devices

3 pole devices

4 pole devices

Note: This product is not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection systems.

97

NG125 circuit breakers
MA curve (magnetic trip) BS EN 60947-2: 50kA
Applications
The NG125LMA circuit breakers are designed to protect motor supply circuits (cables and starters) against short circuit current. These devices can be used in conjunction with Telemecanique overload relays to achieve total motor protection.

Common technical data
■ Trip units: 1.4 - 80A ■ Reference temperature: 40°C ■ Uimp: 8kV ■ Ui: 690V ■ Maximum voltage rating: 500Vac ■ Breaking capacity: as in BS EN 60947-2: Type Voltage Breaking capacity (V) (A) 2, 3P 380 - 415 50000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Isolation with positive contact indication 3 position toggle: open-tripped-closed Built-in padlocking facility on 3P Fault display on front face by: Fault indicator Position of toggle: tripped Test button to check proper operation of the tripping mechanism Fast closing

Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles at In Tropicalisation as in IEC 68.1: treatment 2 (relative humidity: 95% at 55°C) ■ Weight (g): Type 2P 3P 480 720 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Compatible with loose enclosures, refer to Section 6 Degree of protection: IP20B (IP40D for the part outside the enclosure) Connection: Trip units up to MA63: tunnel terminals for 1.5 - 50mm2 copper cables MA80 trip units: tunnel terminals for 16 - 70mm2 copper cables On 3P, upstream voltage connection on each pole, by 6.35mm Fast on lugs, for auxiliary circuit supply

■ ■

MA curve
■ The magnetic trip units operate at 12 In ± 20%

MA curve NG125N
Rating In (A) 4 6.3 10 12.5 16 25 40 63 80 Trip unit Magn. Im (A) 50 75 120 150 190 300 480 750 960 2P Width in 18mm SP ways 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3P Width in 18mm SP ways 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

18868

MA4 MA6.3 MA10 MA12.5 MA16 MA25 MA40 MA63 MA80

18868 18869 18870 18871 18872 18873 18874 18875 18876

18879 18880 18881 18882 18883 18884 18885 18886 18887

1

3

1

3

5

2

4

2

4

6

2 pole devices

3 pole devices

Note: This product is not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection systems.

98

NG125 Vigi
Selection

18668

19049

Vigi module A class
Adjustable 300, 500, 1000mA instantaneous, selective s 300, 500, 1000, 3000mA instantaneous, selective, delayed 30mA 300mA 300mA selective s 1000mA selective s

10 - 63A
Pole Page

80 - 125A
Pole 3P, 4P 3P, 4P 3P, 4P 4P Page 111 111 109 111

3P, 4P 2P, 2P, 2P, 2P, 3P, 3P, 3P, 3P, 4P 4P 4P 4P

111 109 111 111 111

Non adjustable

Vigi module AC class
Non adjustable 30mA 300mA

10 - 63A
Pole 2P, 3P, 4P 2P, 3P, 4P Page 108 110

Vigi module si class
Adjustable Non adjustable 300, 500, 1000, 3000mA instantaneous, selective, delayed 30mA

80 - 125A
Pole 3P, 4P 3P, 4P Page 111 109

99

NG125 high sensitivity Vigi
30mA instantaneous, BS EN 61008 AC class
Applications
Combined with an NG125 MCB, vigi units provide protection against indirect and supplementary protection against contact with live parts.

Technical data
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Class AC: Sensitive to sinusoidal AC currents whether instantaneous or slowly rising fault Class A: Sensitive to DC component sinusoidal AC or pulsed DC current whether instantaneous or slowly rising fault Incorporates in a single case: The residual current relay The toroid Connection to the circuit breaker by rigid links (compact size) insulated by a shield (supplied) (degree of protection IP40D) Earth fault display on the front face of the Vigi module by reset handle Voltage rating: 230 - 415Vac Frequency: 50/60Hz Uimp: 8kV Ui: 690V Protection against nuisance tripping due to transient overvoltages (lightning, switchgear switching on the network, etc.)

Tripping by direct mechanical action on the circuit breaker ■ Rated current: 63A or 125A with locating device: ■ 63A for < 63A circuit breakers ■ 125A for 80, 100 and 125A circuit breakers ■ Auxiliaries that can be plugged onto Vigi 125A: ■ Remote tripping by MXV shunt trip ■ Remote indication of earth fault trip by SDV auxiliary switch ■ Weight (g) of Vigi only: Type 2P 3P 4P 5 mod. 250 — — 9 mod. — 410 450 11 mod. — 750 800 ■ ■ ■ ■ Connection: ≤ 63A ratings: tunnel terminals for 1.5 - 50mm2 copper cables 80 - 125A ratings: tunnel terminals for 16 - 70mm2 copper cables Aluminium cables, copper cables with lug (see connection accessories)

Class AC ~
2P
1 3
T

Sensitivity (mA) 30

I Max. (A) 63

Part No.

19000

Width in 18mm SP ways 2.5

2 4

3P
1 3 5
T

Sensitivity (mA) 30

I Max. (A) 63

Part No.

19002

Width in 18mm SP ways 4.5

2 4 6

4P
1 3 5 7
T

Sensitivity (mA) 30

I Max. (A) 63

Part No.

19004

Width in 18mm SP ways 4.5

2 4 68

100

NG125 high sensitivity Vigi
30mA instantaneous, BS EN 61008 A class
Class A
2P
1 3
T

I Max. (A)

Sensitivity (mA)

Part No.

63 30 19008 (1) (1) Voltage rating: 110 - 220Vac.

Width in 18mm SP ways 2.5

2 4

19010

3P
1 3 5
T

I Max. (A) 63 125

Sensitivity (mA) 30 30

Part No.

19013 19039

Width in 18mm SP ways 4.5 5.5

2 4 6

4P
1 3 5 7
T

I Max. (A) 63 125

Sensitivity (mA) 30 30

Part No.

19015 19041

Width in 18mm SP ways 4.5 5.5

2 4 68

Class A
3P
1 3 5

si type
I Max. (A)
T

Sensitivity (mA) 30

Part No.

125

19100

Width in 18mm SP ways 5.5

2 46

4P
1 3 5 6
T

I Max. (A) 125

Sensitivity (mA) 30

Part No.

19101

Width in 18mm SP ways 5.5

2 4 68

101

NG125 sensitivity Vigi
Instantaneous, selective, time delayed (300 - 300mA) BS EN 61008 AC class
■ ■ ■ Class AC: Sensitive to sinusoidal AC currents whether instantaneous or slowly rising fault Class A: Sensitive to DC component sinusoidal AC or pulsed DC current whether instantaneous or slowly rising fault Selective s : Provides discrimination with down stream device by introducing an intentional time delay. Down stream device must be instantaneous and 1/2 ∆In sensitivity Si: Provides continuity of supply on circuits with disturbed supply network i.e. areas with high risk of nuisance tripping Incorporates in a single case: The residual current relay The toroid Connection to the circuit breaker by rigid links (compact size) insulated by a shield (supplied) Earth fault display: On the front face of the Vigi by reset handle Protection against nuisance tripping due to transient overvoltages (lightning, switchgear switching on the network, etc.) Rated current: 63 or 125A with locating device: 63A: for 63A circuit breakers 125A: for 80 - 100 - 125A circuit breakers Frequency: 50/60Hz

Specific technical data of the adjustable vigi
I∆n sensitivity adjustable by index: 300, 500, 1000, 3000mA ■ Adjustable tripping time: ■ Instantaneous ■ Selective: 60ms ■ Delayed: 150ms ■ Leakage current indication on 3P and 4P 300 3000 I/S/D : ■ On the front face by LED ■ Remotely, by 250V - 1A (low level) volt free NO contact, connected by 2 x 1.5 mm2 plate terminal ■ Threshold setting by potentiometer from 10 - 50% of I∆n ■ Disconnection essential for dielectric testing by built-in pushbutton ■ Auxiliaries plugged onto 125A and 63A Vigi I/S/D ■ Remote tripping by MXV shunt trip ■ Remote indication of earth fault trip by SDV auxiliary switch ■ Weight (g) of Vigi only: Type 2P 3P 4P 5 mod. 250 — — 9 mod. — 410 450 11 mod. — 750 800 ■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Class AC ~
2P
1 3
T

I Max. (A) 63

Sensitivity (mA) 300

Part No.

19001

Width in 18mm SP ways 2.5

2 4

3P
1 3 5
T

I Max. (A) 63

Sensitivity (mA) 300

Part No.

19003

Width in 18mm SP ways 4.5

2 4 6

4P
1 3 5 7
T

I Max. (A) 63

Sensitivity (mA) 300

Part No.

19005

Width in 18mm SP ways 4.5

2 4 68

102

NG125 medium sensitivity Vigi
Instantaneous, selective, time delayed (300 - 300mA) BS EN 61008 A class
Class A
2P
1 3
T

I Max. (A) 63

Sensitivity (mA)

Part No.

2 4

300 300 300 s 1000 s (1) Voltage rating: 110 - 220Vac.

19012 19009 (1) 19030 19031

Width in 18mm SP ways 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

19049

3P
1 3 5
T

I Max. (A)

2 4 6

Width in 18mm SP ways 63 300 19014 4.5 300 s 19032 4.5 1000 s 19033 4.5 300 - 3000 I/S/D 19036 5.5 300 - 3000 I/S/D 19053 (2) 5.5 125 300 - 1000 I/S 19044 5.5 300 - 3000 I/S/D 19047 5.5 300 - 3000 I/S/D 19055 (2) 5.5 (2) Voltage rating: 440/415Vac, without early warning function. Width in 18mm SP ways 63 300 19016 4.5 300 s 19034 4.5 1000 s 19035 4.5 300 - 3000 I/S/D 19037 5.5 300 - 3000 I/S/D 19054 (2) 5.5 125 300 19042 5.5 300 - 1000 I/S 19046 5.5 300 - 3000 I/S/D 19049 5.5 300 - 3000 I/S/D 19056 (2) 5.5 (2) Voltage rating: 440/415Vac, without early warning function. Sensitivity (mA) Part No.

Sensitivity (mA)

Part No.

4P
1 3 5 7
T

I Max. (A)

2 4 68

Class A
3P
1 3 5

si type
T

I Max. (A) 125

Sensitivity (mA) 300 - 3000 I/S/R

Part No.

19106

Width in 18mm SP ways 5.5

2 4 6

4P
1 3 5 7
T

I Max. (A) 125

Sensitivity (mA) 300 - 3000 I/S/R

Part No.

19107

Width in 18mm SP ways 5.5

2 4 68

103

NG125 and NG125 Vigi
Electrical auxiliaries
Applications MX+OF, MXV shunt trip
Trips the circuit breaker or Vigi (MXV) when a voltage is applied.

OF+SD, OF+OF, SDV auxiliary contacts
Remotely indicates: ■ The "open" or "closed" position (OF) ■ A fault on the circuit breaker (SD) or Vigi module (SDV)

MN, MN undervoltage release
Trips the circuit breaker when the voltage is disconnected.

Early warning
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ This function is performed by light indication and fault free contact Built in adjustable Vigi modules, 300 - 3000mA, of the I/S/R/ type from 230 - 415Vac Connection: plate terminal for: 1 or 2 flexible or rigid 2.5mm2 cables 2 x 2.5mm2 uninsulated cable ends 2 x 1.5mm2 insulated cable ends 2 x 1.5mm2 fork lugs

Delayed MN s undervoltage release
Provides delayed tripping of the circuit breaker to which it is attached.

Common technical data
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Complies with standard: BS EN 60947-5-1 (MX + OF, OF + SD, OF + OF and SDV) BS EN 6094712 (MN, MN s , MX and MXV) Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles (AC 15): Ui: class 2 insulation ■ : 690V Uimp: 8kV Degree of pollution: 3

NG125 with residual current circuit breaker or device

Technical data for circuit breaker auxiliaries OF+OF
■ Auxiliary contact changes with main contacts (ON/OFF)

Technical data for Vigi module auxiliaries
■ ■ ■ ■ Can be added to: All types of 125A Vigi module 63A 300 - 3000 I/S/D Vigi module SDV Fault indicating switch

OF+SD
■ Fault indicating switch changes when main contacts trip

MXV
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Shunt releases Tripping: on energisation Equipped with a contact allowing self breaking Impulse withstand: 6kV High impedance input: use an ACTp if leakage current is greater than 1mA see page 55

MX+OF
■ ■ ■ Shunt releases Tripping: on energisation Equipped with a contact allowing self breaking

MNx
■ Undervoltage release unaffected by power cuts Undervoltage release Tripping and opening of the associated circuit breaker: if supply voltage drops between 70 and 35% Reclosing: forbidden if supply voltage is not restored (e.g.: emergency stop by pushbutton)

MN
■ ■ ■

MN s
■ ■ delayed undervoltage release Allows a 0.25 second time delay on brownout or voltage drop

104

NG125 and NG125 Vigi
Electrical auxiliaries
Auxiliaries for circuit breaker OF + OF
11 12 14

Voltage (Vac) 220 - 240 (6A)

Part No.

Width in 18mm SP ways 19071

0.5

21 19071

22 24

Fault indicating switch 11 12 14 OF + SD

Voltage (Vac) 220 - 240 (6A)

Part No.

Width in 18mm SP ways 19072

0.5
95 19072 98 96

OF+OF or OF+SD
11 12 14

Voltage (Vac) 240 (6A)

Part No.

19073

Width in 18mm SP ways 0.5

21 22 24 95 98 96 19073

Shunt trip MX + OF
U>

Voltage (Vac) 230 - 415 48 - 130 24
14 12 C2 C1

Part No. (Vdc) 110 - 130 19064 48 19065 24 19066

Width in 18mm SP ways 1 1 1

19064

105

NG125 and NG125 Vigi
Electrical auxiliaries
Undervoltage release MN
U>

Voltage (Vac) 220 - 240 48

Part No. (Vdc) 19067 19069 19070

48
D1 19067 D2

Width in 18mm SP ways 1 1 1

Undervoltage release with 0.5s time delay MN s
U>

Voltage (Vac) 230 - 240

Part No.

19068

Width in 18mm SP ways 2

D1 19068

D2

Auxiliary contacts for Vigi module SDV

Voltage (Vac) NO 250 (0.1 - 2A) NC 250 (0.1 - 2A)

Part No.

19058 19059

Width in 18mm SP ways -

11 19058

12 13

14

Shunt trip for Vigi module MXV

Voltage (Vac) 110 - 240

Part No.

U>

19060

Width in 18mm SP ways -

M1 19060

M2

Note: High impedance output (use an ACTP Cat. No. 15919, if the leakage current of the control device is greater than 1mA).

106

Distribloc
125A splitters
Applications
Distribloc is a fully insulated four pole modular splitters. Connection by screw terminals or spring terminals.

Technical data
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Rated insulation voltage: 690V Permissible peak current: Ipk = 20kA Complies with the low voltage switchgear standard: BS EN 60947-7-1 Rated current at 40°C: 125A Installation: Clipped onto a symmetrical rail Fits onto a row next to other modular device: - 45mm nose - 12 mod. of 9mm Can be screwed onto a plain or mounting grid

Connection
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Incomer: Tunnel terminal for 35mm2 flexible or rigid cables Optional factory built link for NG125 (Part No.07054) Outgoer in spring terminals: Minimum cross section: 1mm2 Simplifies rebalancing of phases and extensions Unaffected by temperature variations Spring contact pressure automatically adapted to conductor cross section A single cable without metal end per spring: - by flexible cables: 2 x 10mm2 + 3 x 6mm2 + 7 x 4 mm2 - by rigid cables: 2 x 16mm2 + 3 x 6mm2 + 7 x 4mm2 Outgoer in screw terminals: 1x16mm2 or 25mm2 flexible or rigid cables

Distribloc
Type Part No. Width in 18mm SP ways 6 -

Distribloc 125A Set of 4 125A flexible links

07105 07054

Distribloc 125

107

NG125 and NG125 Vigi
Accessories
Applications
The following NG125 accessories can be used to increase flexibility and simplify installation.

Screw shield
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Rotary handle

Insulated sub-distribution terminal
■ ■ ■ Holes for 3 cables: 16mm2 rigid cables 10mm2 flexible cables

Prevents contact with device terminal screws Protection against direct contact: IP40D: on the front face IP20B: at connection level Optional sealing terminal shield for circuit breaker

Copper cable sub-distribution terminals
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Cable cross section for all ratings (circuit breaker only): Flexible cable: 1 - 10mm2 Rigid cable: 1.5 - 16mm2 With ends: up to 4mm2 inclusive Tightening torque and tool type: 2Nm with 5.5mm flat screwdriver or PZ N°. 1 (Pozidrive recessed head screw) Phase-to-phase insulation voltage: Ui = 1000V

Terminal shield
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Installation: mounted upstream and downstream of the circuit breaker/vigi Phase-to-phase insulation voltage Ui = 1000V Protection against direct contact: IP40D Class II in metal or plastic enclosures (up to 440V) Optional sealing terminal shield for residual current device

Tunnel terminals for copper cables
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Cable cross section: For 63A ratings: - flexible cable: 1 - 35mm2 - rigid cable: 1.5 - 50mm2 For 80-100-125A ratings: - flexible cable: 10 - 50mm2 - rigid cable: 16 - 70mm2 Tightening torque and tool type: For ≤ 63A ratings: 3.5Nm with 6.5mm flat screwdriver or PZ N°. 2 (Pozidrive recessed head screw) For 80-100-125A ratings: 6Nm with 4mm Allen wrench (hexagon socket screw) Degree of protection: IP20B

Matching terminals for 70mm2 aluminium cables
■ ■ Cable cross section for 80,100 and 125A ratings: 25 - 70mm2 Tightening torque and tool type: 6Nm with 4mm Allen wrench (hexagon socket screw)

Screws and nuts for lug and bar connection
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Installation: upstream or downstream Connection of 80, 100 and 125A ratings: copper lug: - flexible cable up to 35mm2 - rigid cable up to 50mm2 Bars: 16x3mm, 15x4mm Lugs with small eyelet hole Tightening torque and tool type: 6Nm with Allen 4mm wrench (M6 screw) Phase-to-phase insulation voltage: Ui = 1000V

Extended rotary handle
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Installation: front 3 & 4 pole devices Utilisation: circuit breaker control from outside the enclosure Retains isolation/padlocking in the O position (3 padlocks) IP55 3 positions Door interlocking: opening possible in O position only direct rotary handle

Cable lugs
■ ■ ■ Connection of 80, 100 and 125A ratings: Flexible copper cable: 50mm2 Rigid copper cable: 70mm2

Comb busbar
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Utilisation: for NG125 circuit breaker up to 63A direct supply by circuit breaker terminal (50mm2 max. rigid cable) Tooth shield available for unused teeth Length (dividable): 16 modules of 27mm, i.e. 48 modules of 9mm 125A max. upstream Insulation voltage: 690V Uimp: 8kV Degree of protection when used with tooth-shield ends: IPXXB

Padlocking accessory
■ ■ Enables padlocking (in l or O position) of 1P or 2P NG125 circuit breakers: In l position of 3P or 4P NG125 circuit breakers Note: the 3P/4P NG125 circuit breakers are factory designed for padlocking in the O position (isolated) Padlock: Ø 5 - 8mm (not supplied)

108

NG125 and NG125 Vigi
Accessories
Screw shield for circuit breaker
Pack of 10 Type 1P 2P 3P 4P Part No. 19084 19085 19086 19087

19087

Terminal shield for circuit breaker
Pair Type 1P 2P 3P 4P Part No. 19080 19081 19082 19083

19080

Terminal shield for residual current device (Set of)
63A Type 2P 3P 3P adjustable 4P 4P adjustable 3P 4P Part No. 19074 19075 19077 19076 19078 19077 19078

19076

125A

Rotary handle
Type Direct standard Extended standard, black Red handle yellow background
19088

Part No. 19092 19088 19089

Note: Not suitable for 1 & 2 pole devices

Padlocking accessory
Type Pack of 4 Part No. 19090

19090

Insulated sub-distribution terminal
Type Pack of 4 Part No. 19091

19091

Screws and nuts for lug or bar connection
Pack of 4 Part No. 19093

19093

Cable lugs
Type Pack of 4 Part No. 19094 19095

Matching terminal for aluminium cable
Pack of 4
19094

Comb busbar for NG125 and C120
Type 1P 2P 3P 4P Tooth shield end (set of 20) Part No. 14811 14812 14813 14814 14818

14813

109

P25M motor protection circuit breaker
Ratings: 0.1 - 25A BS EN 60947-2
Installation
■ Symmetrical DIN rail

Technical data
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Phase failure sensitive Temperature compensation: -200C to +400C in enclosure Current ratings (In): 0.1 - 25A Voltage ratings (Ue): 690Vac Breaking capacity: BS EN 60947-2
690 Icu in kA

P25M circuit breaker

Voltage (V) 230,240 400,415 440 500 Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu in in in in in in in Rating kA % kA % kA % kA (A) 0.16 to self protected 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 50 100 50 10 15 100 10 14 15 50 8 50 6 18 15 50 8 50 6 23 50 100 15 40 6 50 4 25 50 100 15 40 6 50 4

Ics in %

Ics in %

100 100 75 75 75 75

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Operating cycles: 100,000 AC3 Positive contact indication in accordance with BS7671 Width: 2.5 SP ways (45mm) Cable capacity: min 2 x 1mm2 rigid, max. 2 x 6mm2 flexible Approvals: CEBEC, DEMKO, NEMKO, SEMKO, F1 Accessories: see page 112 Technical data: see page 144 Settings 0.1 - 0.16 0.16 - 0.25 0.25 - 0.40 0.40 - 0.63 0.63 - 1.0 1.0 - 1.6 1.6 - 2.5 2.5 - 4.0 4.0 - 6.3 6.0 - 10 9.0 - 14 13 - 18 17 - 23 20 - 25 Part No. 21100 21101 21102 21103 21104 21105 21106 21107 21108 21109 21110 21111 21112 21113

Rating In (A) 0.16 0.25 0.40 0.63 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10 14 18 23 25

Limiter block
Increases the breaking capacity to 100kA up to 415V. Individual mounting (upstream) or on the terminal block part no. 21144 . ■ ■ Connection: tunnel terminal for flexible cable up to 25mm2 Dimensions: see page 175

Width in Rating Part 18mm (A) No. SP ways 2.5 63 21115

21115

110

P25M motor protection circuit breaker
Auxiliaries
Auxiliary combination
P O+F F+F 2 / / 5 F+F O+F M

Remote indication:
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Position: O+F contact indicates ON or OFF position of the P25M F+F contact double contact for ON position Position + alarm indicator: with red flag trip indicator: F+SD.O - ON position + OFF fault indication O+SD.O - OFF position + OFF fault indication F+SD.F - ON position + ON fault indication O+SD.F - OFF position + ON fault indication

Width in 18mm SP ways 0.5 Contact position O+F 0.5 Contact position F+F

Part No. 21117 21116

43 31

43

33

O+F / SD F+F

P 2 5 M

MX / MN

Technical data
Voltage Ue Vac 24 48 130 240 415 440 Vdc 24 48 60 110 220 ■ Position (OF) Fault (SD)
44 32 44 21116 34

(A) 6 4.5 3.3 2.2 1.5 DC 13 6 5 3 1.3 0.5

(A) 1.5 1 0.5 0.3

21117

DC 13 1 0.3 0.15

Width in 18mm SP ways 0.5 Position+alarm contact F+SD.F 0.5 Position+alarm contact O+SD.F 0.5 Position+alarm contact F+SD.O 0.5 Position+alarm contact O+SD.O
95 53 95 51

Part No.

21118 21119 21120 21121

21118

Connection by terminal clamp: Min.: rigid cables 2 x 1mm2 Max.: flexible cables 2 x 2.5mm2 Flexible cable with cable end 2 x 1.5mm2

96 54 21120 97 53

96 52 21121 97 51

98 54 21118

98 52 21119

Remote tripping
■ ■ MX shunt trip release: trips the P25M when energised MN undervoltage release: trips the P25M when the voltage supply drops (between 35% and 75%) and prevents reclosing until the supply voltage is restored Power consumption of releases: AC DC (VA) (W)

Width Voltage 18mm (V) SP ways MX shunt trip release 1 220.240 380.415

Frequency Part No. (Hz)

50 50

21127 21128

21127

MX Pick up 14 10 Hold 5 1.6 MN Hold 3.5 1.1 ■ Connection by terminal clamp Min.: rigid cables 2 x 1mm2 Max.: flexible cables up to 2 x 2.5mm2 Flexible cable with cable end 2 x 1.5mm2

Width Voltage 18mm (V) SP ways MN under voltage release 1 220.240 380.415

Frequency Part No. (Hz)

50 50

21129 21130

111

P25M motor protection circuit breaker
Accessories
P25M insulated enclosure
(Surface mounting). Can incorporate 1 x P25M with 1 x auxiliary contact and 1 x shunt or UVR release with earth and neutral terminals. ■ Degree of protection: IP55 ■ Double insulation ■ Sealable cover ■ Indicator lamp can be installed on the front to indicate the ON or OFF position ■ 4 knock outs for cable gland Ø 16mm ■ Dimensions: see page 175 Part No. 21133 21140 21142 21141 21143

Enclosure Neon indicator light 220 - 240V green red Neon indicator light 380 - 440V green red

21133

Comb busbars P25M
3 Poles 63A Power supply for several P25M up to 63A. Comb busbar versions 2 or 4 outlets and the possibility of combining comb busbar. Auxiliary contacts can be installed between the P25Ms. Comb busbar For 2 P25M units For 4 P25M units Part No. 21145 21146

21146

21145

Terminal block
For supply of busbars with cables up to 25mm2 (can be installed with limiter block). End cover (pack of 5) Terminal block Part No. 21148 21144

21144

Insulated connector
To supply comb busbars or P25M directly with cables up to 25mm2.

Insulated connector

Part No. 21147

21147

112

Connection systems
Isobar 4 MCB pan assemblies Mulitclip busbar and Polybloc Comb busbars Terminals and installation accessories

Section five
114 116 117 118 - 119

113

Isobar 4 MCB pan assemblies
PS type single phase PS type three phase
Application for PS type single phase and neutral
(No neutral switching facility)

All pan assemblies incorporate the unique Isobar MCB way disconnector feature, which offers the user the highest levels of safety through electrical isolation of unused ways. The SN range of pan assemblies is designed to suit single pole applications, where switching and protection of the neutral is unnecessary. Each pan assembly is comprised of a flat steel base incorporating DIN rail, incoming and outgoing busbar assembly with neutral and earth terminal bars. They can be easily incorporated into custom built enclosure systems.

Technical data for PS pan assemblies
■ Standards: BS EN 60439 - 1 and 3 ■ Busbar rating: 125A ■ Operating Voltage: 230/240V also suitable for 110Vac operation ■ Frequency: 50Hz ■ Incomers: As A type distribution boards, see page 00 Note: All Merlin Gerin 2 pole RCDs are available for use as incomers to PS pan assemblies. ■ Outgoers: SP C60H MCBs, SP C60H RCBO, C60H MCB & vigi combination SP ways 6 9 12 15 Part No. MGAN6PS MGAN9PS MGAN12PS MGAN15PS

MGAN6PS

Application for PS pan assemblies
(No neutral switching facility)

The PS range of three phase pan assemblies is designed to suit applications where switching and protection of the neutral is deemed unnecessary. Each pan assembly is fully insulated incorporating DIN rail, incoming and outgoing busbar assembly. They can be easily and quickly incorporated into custom built enclosure systems. PS pan assemblies are designed for use with SP and TP C60H MCB, and are also suitable for two pole two phase equipment.

Technical data
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Standards: BS EN 60439 - 1 and 3 Busbar rating: 250A Operating Voltage: 400/415V Frequency: 50Hz Incomers: MGI1253, MGNPB250TB, PS pan assemblies can utilise Multi 9, 3 or 4 pole devices as incomers - additional shroud must be used ref. 80011 Outgoers: SP C60H MCB, SP C60H RCBO TP C60H MCB SP C60H MCB and Vigi combination TP C60H MCB and Vigi combination Part No. MGBN4PS MGBN6PS MGBN8PS MGBN12PS MGBN16PS MGBN18PS MGBN24PS

MGBN8PS

TP ways 4 6 8 12 16 18 24

114

Isobar 4 MCB pan assemblies
Type E
Application
This range of pan assemblies is designed for use with Merlin Gerin’s high quality Prisma range of enclosures or custom built steelwork. Each pan assembly includes all components necessary for final distribution and protection of circuits, i.e. steel fixing plate, DIN rail busbar assembly, incoming connections, neutral and earth bars distributed neutral busbar for switched neutral applications. The Prisma functional system enables the construction of a full range of distribution equipment products from wall mounted enclosures to IP55 floor mounted switch boards having busbar systems up to 3200A. Functional system Prisma G, GX for wall mounted enclosures and functional system Prisma P for floor standing enclosures publication ref. MGD 5064

Technical data
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
MGBN8E

Standards: BS EN 60439 - 1 and 3 Busbar rating: 250A Operating Voltage: 400/415V Frequency: 50Hz Incomers: Switch disconnectors: 3 pole 125A MGI1253N 4 pole 125A MGI1254 ■ Terminal block: 125A MGTB1254 250A MGNPB250TB ■ RCDs: 16261, 23213, 23227 for details see page 74 ■ For MCCBs and switch disconnectors up to 250A use connection kit MSIS95AN ■ Outgoers: 1, 2, 3 or 4P C60H MCBs, C60H RCBO, C60 MCB and Vigi combinations Note: All 4 pole RMG RCDs can be used as incomers. Other incoming devices may be used by separately mounting them into the Prisma cubicle. To install in prisma G use sp or kit MGBNSPA TP ways Front cover Part No. coloured sliders MGBN4E MGBN6E MGBN8E MGBN12E MGBN16E MGBN18E MGBN24E Part No. black sliders MGBN4EV MGBN6EV MGBN8EV MGBN12EV MGBN16EV MGBN18EV MGBN24EV

4 6 8 12 16 18 24
MGBN8EV

07795P 07796P 07797P 07798P 07799P

MGI1254

NKIT

115

Mulitclip busbar and Polybloc

Application
A fast , reliable and maintenance free method of connecting outgoing circuits. Each connection is made in a spring front accessed connection rated at 40A. Contact pressure of the spring is automatically adjusted to suit the cross sections of the conductor.

Technical details
■ ■ ■
PD390661

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Voltage rating: 440V Current rating: 200A at 40°C Incoming connection: direct by cable lugs, connectors or flexible bars Outgoing connection: Provides reliable, maintenance free electrical connecting independent of heat variations Rapid connection and reconnection after modification Automatic spring connections 12 connection points for each phase and 18/or neutral Cable capacity 10mm2 max (supplied with 24 connections), 52A max. current rating per connection Fixing: On Multifix rails (fixing brackets included) By screws on all standard supports

Type 2P Phase and Neutral 3P 4P 3 Phase and Neutral Symmetrical DIN rail L = 2000 ■ th = 2.3; h = 15 Asymetrical rail L = 2000 ■ th = 1.5; h = 15

Part No. 04012 04013 04014 Part No. 06603 Part No. 06602

Multifix DIN rail (Merlin Gerin patent). Multifix (length 470mm)
■ ■ ■ Rail only, drilled on each end 03004 With two fixed height mounting brackets 03001 With two adjustable height mounting brackets 03002

Polybloc 250A
A distribution block patented by Merlin Gerin for ‘wire to wire’ connections, it consists of: ■ Outgoing 6 x 10mm2 and 3 x 16mm2 cables per phase Polybloc Polybloc 3P 4P Part No. 04033 04034

PD390549

Short circuit withstand current
This table indicates the short circuit withstand current (in kA rms) for various combinations of upstream and downstream devices on a 380/415V installation.

Downstream device Short circuit withstand current (in kA rms), depending on upstream device NG125 NS100 NS160 C120 N 25 25 (1) H 36 25 (1) N 25 25 (1) H 30 40 (1) L 30 40 (1) N 25 (1) H 30 (1) L 30 (1)

NS250

C60H (10kA) C120 (15kA) Other devices

(1)

N 25 (1)

H 30 (1)

L 30 (1)

(1) Check that the peak short circuit current, limited by the downstream device, is lower than 12kA. Check that the thermal stress delivered by the downstream device does not exceed the permissible thermal stress of the 6mm cable (4.76 x 105 A2s).

116

Comb busbars, connectors and assembled terminals
Application for Comb busbar C60H
When fed by a single cable per phase the busbar is rated 100A at 40°C. If two connections (i.e. two cables) are used per phase the rating is increased to 120A. Short circuit rating compatible with the breaking capacity of the MCBs fitted. Short time ratings: 10kA for 30ms, 1800A for 1 second. Suitable for use with all Merlin Gerin MCBs with 18mm width poles (C60HB/HC/HD).

Technical data
14881

Rated operational voltage 500V. Complies with BS EN 60439-1 ■ Fully insulated for protection against direct contact ■ Supplied with insulated end covers ■ Main connection: 16mm2 direct 25mm2 via connectors part no. 14885

Type suitable for C60H and STI 1P 1 row of 12 - 1P MCBs 1 row of 54 - 1P MCBs 2 row of 24 - 1P MCBs 2P 1 row of 6 - 2P MCBs 1 row of 27 - 2P MCBs 2 row of 12 - 2P MCBs 3P 1 row of 4 - 3P MCBs 1 row of 18 - 3P MCBs 2 row of 8 - 3P MCBs 4P 1 row of 3 - 4P MCBs 1 row of 13 - 4P MCBs 2 row of 6 - 4P MCBs Cable connectors - pack of 4 Type suitable for DPN 1P+N 1 row of 13 MCBs 2 row of 12 - 24 MCBs Type suitable for C120 NG125 1P 16 MCBs 2P 8 MCBs 3P 5 MCBs 4P 4 MCBs Set of 20 boots for unused teeth Accessories Set of 40 ends caps for 1P and 2P combs for 3P and 4P combs Set of 40 boots for unused teeth

(12) (54) (24) (6) (27) (24) (4) (18) (16) (3) (13) (12)

Part No. 14881 14801 14891 14882 14802 14892 14883 14803 14893 14884 14804 14894 14885 Part No. 14880 14890 Part No. 14811 14812 14813 14814 14818 Part No. 14886 14887 14888

Stepped terminals 125/140A (40°C) Installation
■ ■ Clipping on to Multifix or symmetrical rails Screwing on to plain or slotted plates, Multifix rails or asymmetrical rails

Terminals with holes 125A
4 x 10 holes (5 x 10 mm2) + (4 x 16 mm2) + (1 x 35 mm2) 4 x 17holes 3.5kA/1s (8 x 10 mm2) + (8 x 16 mm2) + (1 x 35 mm2) Terminals with clamps 10kA/1s 140A 4 x 12 holes (12 clamps 6 mm2) Isc (kA rms) 415V 3.5kA/1s Part No. 13512

13514

13514

14949

Distribloc 125 and 160A
4 pole distribution block comprising: ■ A fully insulated, one piece distribution system complying with IPXXB (protection against direct contact) ■ A modular cover designed for a 45mm panel slot for integration in a row of DIN rail mounted modular products
07105

Type Distribloc 125 Distribloc 160 35mm2 x 210 Cable capacity Distribloc 125

Part No. 07105 07106 07054 4 flexible connections

Incoming

Technical data
■ ■ ■ Ui = 690V, Icw = 4.5kA/1s to IEC947-7-1 Peak withstand current: Ipk = 20kA to IEC439-1 Rated impulse withstand voltage: Uimp = 8kV

Distribloc 160

Incoming

Distribloc 125 & 160

Outgoing

6 - 35mm2 flexible or 10 - 35mm2 rigid cables Flexible cable links fitted to device Per pole: 2 x 10mm2 3 x 6mm2 7 x 4mm2 1 x 25mm2 (16mm2 multicore)

117

Terminals and installation accessories
Terminal blocks
For fixing to symmetrical DIN rails. 1P and 2P blocks can be fitted together to form 3P and 4P blocks. Type 1P (2 1P (2 2P (2 2P (2 x x x x 25mm2 35mm2 25mm2 35mm2 + + + + 4 4 4 4 x x x x 16mm2) 25mm2) 16mm2) 25mm2) Part No. 14936 14938 14937 14939

Technical data

Terminal blocks

Current rating: 80A

Connection strips 80 - 125A (40°C)
Cross section for stranded cables. Each strip has one M4 threaded hole for screw attachment to any support.

Connection strips

80A connection strip 4 holes (2 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2) length 32mm 6 holes (3 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2 ) length 50mm 10 holes (5 x 10mm2 + 4 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2 ) length 74mm 125A connection strip 14 holes (7 x 10mm2 + 6 x 16 mm2 + 1 x 35mm2) length 98mm

Part No. 14962

14963

14964

14965

Terminal block supports
Terminal block support made of self extinguishing insulating material: 960°C/5s. Beige in colour. Each support can be individually identified using clip-on markers (optional): ■ Blue for neutral ■ Yellow/green for earth Fixing: ■ Clipped on to: ■ 12 x 2 flat bar ■ Multifix or symmetrical rail ■ Screwed on to any support (plain or slotted plate) using 2 ears

Terminal block supports

Cross section for stranded cables 80A terminal block 4 holes (2 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2) length 68mm 6 holes (3 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2) length 68mm 10 holes (5 x 10mm2 + 4 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2) length 115mm 125A terminal block 14 holes (7 x 10mm2 + 6 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35 mm2) length 115mm

Part No. 14975

14976

14977

14979

Identification card
The markers can be used to identify terminal blocks: neutral or earth.

Type

Part No.

2 x 50 identification card 14989 (50 blue mark, 50 yellow/green mark) Flat bar 12 x 2 07046

14989

Terminal bar for earth/neutral connections
■ ■ ■ For panel mounting Including support Current rating 200A

Terminal bars

Type For panel mounting 1 x 20 holes, length 183mm (19 x 162+ 1 x 1202) 1 x 25 holes, length 222mm (24 x 162+ 1 x 1202) 1 x 38 holes, length 332mm (37 x 162 + 1 x 1202) 1 x 49 holes, length 419mm (48 x 162 + 1 x 1202) 1 x 73 holes, length 624mm (72 x 16+1 x 1202 )

Part No.

99217 99219 99221 99223 99225

118

Terminals and installation accessories
End stop
For symmetrical/asymmetrical DIN rail. Type End stop (pack of 10) Part No. 14915

14915

Universal terminal support
This unit can be installed on: ■ Symmetrical DIN rail ■ Slotted mounting plate ■ Asymmetrical DIN raiI width: 3 modules of 9mm

Type Universal terminal support (pack of 5)

Part No. 6619

06619

Flush mounting clamp
Allows the installation of all DlN standard devices on an enclosure door. The depth is adjustable by turning the bracket round. DIN rail not included.

Type Flush mounting clamp (pack of 4)

Part No. 20267

20267

Transparent hinged weatherproof covers for enclosure doors - IP55
Allows the installation of DlN standard devices up to 10 SP ways (twenty 9mm modules) on an enclosure door. Degree of protection IP55. ■ External dimensions (mm): w 235 x h 126 x d 33 ■ Dimensions of the hole on the door (mm): w 186 x h 96 Supplied with a blanking plate (to cover up to ten 9mm modules) and fixing and drilling template.

Type Transparent hinged cover (10 x 18mm ways) DIN rail support (and fixing) Transparent hinged cover (4 x 18mm ways) Transparent hinged cover complete with DIN support bracket (4 x 18mm ways)

Part No. 14210 14211

99246A

99246B

99246B

Card strip holder
Self adhesive plastic holder for card label strip. 430mm/479mm modules wide, 20mm high. Supplied with card strip and transparent cover strip.

Type Card strip holder Pack of 10 holders and 10 card strips

Part No. 07360

07360

119

Enclosures
Features and benefits Merlin Gerin’s range of enclosures has been designed to cater for a wide range of applications, suitable for the mounting of DIN rail components such as timers, relays, contactors, MCBs etc.
Whether the enclosure is for indoors or outdoors use, in a clean or dirty environment, in metal or insulated material, with a plain or transparent door, Merlin Gerin has an enclosure to suit. Page 132 - 133 features a quick selection table, designed to guide you through the product range to select the most suitable enclosure.

High levels of safety
■ Tamperproof facility via a lockable option (where applicable) ■ Transparent door option (where applicable) enables quick identification of status and settings, useful for MCBs and timers etc

Performance and quality
■ Ingress protection ratings available from IP30 through to IP66 ■ Insulated or metal enclosures suitable for the mounting of DIN rail devices, ranging from 2 up to 240 SP ways ■ Enclosures supplied complete with accessories (see relevant product information for further details)

Product innovation
■ Design flexibility of modular or custom chassis enables the user to tailor internal fittings to the application ■ Aesthetically pleasing

120

Enclosures
Mini Opale G9 A-series B-series Pragma C Pragma metal UT weatherproof Prisma GK Pragma C weatherproof Kaedra weatherproof UP weatherproof IP30 IP30 IP30 IP31 IP40 IP41 IP54 IP55 IP55 IP65 IP66

Section six
124 124 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132

121

Enclosures
Selection guide
Step 1: Select the number of SP ways required Step 2: Select either insulated or metal,

Enclosure capacity in 18mm SP ways Insulated
Mini Opale IP30 Pragma C IP40 Weatherproof Pragma C IP55 Weatherproof Kaedra IP65 Weatherproof UP (GRP) IP66

Page
124

2
1 Row

3

4
1 Row

5

6
1 Row

8
1 Row

11

12

14

126

1 Row 1 Row 1 Row 1 Row

130

131

1 Row

1 Row

1 Row

132

Enclosure capacity in 18mm SP ways Metal
G9 IP30 A-Series enclosure IP30 B-Series enclosure IP31 Pragma IP30/41 Weatherproof UT IP54 Prisma GK IP55

Page
124

2
1 Row

3
1 Row

4
1 Row

5

6

8

11

12

14

124

1 Row

1 Row

1 Row

125

127

128

129

122

Enclosures
Selection guide
Step 3: Select IP rating required, Step 4: Refer to the product page for more details.

17

24

28

34

36

48

51

68

72

85

88

96

112

120

144

240

2 Rows 2 Rows

3 Rows 3 Rows

4 Rows 4 Rows

2 Rows

3 Rows

4 Rows

4 Rows

6 Rows

17

24

28

34

36

48

51

68

72

85

88

96

112

120

144

240

1 Row

2 Row 2 Row 3 Row 4 Row

5 Row

1 Row

2 Row

3 Row

4 Row

5 Row

6 Row

2 Row

3 Row 2 Row 3 Row

4 Row

4 Row 4 Row 5 Row 6 Row

6 Row

123

Enclosures
IP30
Mini Opale enclosures (IP30)
Mini Opale enclosures are all insulated and made of an impact resistant material which is self extinguishing to 6500C. Degree of protection: IP30 They consist of: ■ An insulated back plate incorporating a DlN rail ■ A cover clipped to the back plate ■ Two 4 hole terminal bars built in, 13396 and 13398 only. (1 X 16mm2 + 3 X 10mm2) SP 18mm ways 2 4 6 8 Size (mm) H-W-D 130 130 160 160 x x x x 44 x 57 80 x 57 119 x 65 155 x 65 Part No.

13396

Installation
■ ■ Wall mounting, 2 or 4 screws supplied. Dimensions: see page 189

13392 13394 13396 13398

Suitable for most DlN standard devices

G9 enclosures (IP30)
These enclosures are made from pressed sheet steel, epoxy powder coated. Colour: moonstone beige. Degree of protection: IP30. They consist of: ■ A back plate with DlN raiI ■ A cover, screwed to the back plate, having 25mm knockouts top and bottom SP 18mm ways 3 4 5 Size (mm) H-W-D 200 x 101 x 63 250 x 122.5 x 63 250 x 122.5 x 63 Part No.

Installation
■ ■ Wall mounting Dimensions: see page 189

99560 14599 14603

Suitable for most DlN standard devices

A-series enclosures (IP30)
These enclosures are made from folded steel sheet, epoxy powder coated. Colour: RAL 9001. Degree of protection: IP30. They consist of: ■ An enclosure having a back plate with DlN rail 25mm knockouts in top, bottom, sides and rear of enclosure built-in earth terminal bar: ■ A cover having a drop down door with plastic latch. To lock enclosure use easily fitted key lock MGBL SP 18mm ways 8 11 14 17 28 No. of holes 9 12 18 24 36 Size (mm) H-W-D 264 264 264 264 494 x x x x x 260 315 370 450 370 x x x x x 127 127 127 127 127 Part No.

MGN16DE

MGN16DE MGN22DE MGN28DE MGN34DE MGN56DE*

Installation
■ ■ Wall mounting Dimensions: see page 164

Suitable for most DlN standard devices
* Two tier

Accessories Key lock

MGBL

124

Enclosures
B-series IP31
Application
These enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products, primarily for control and metering. They may be mounted individually or attached to the side of an MGB board of equivalent height using the side joining kit MGBNSJK. For mounting above and below a standard B board use ref MGBNTJKN.

Specification
■ ■ ■ ■ Ingress protection: IP31 to BS EN 60529 Earth bar capacity: 25mm2 Surface mounting Colour: RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated

MGBN8SXP

Supplied with DIN rail, door and slotted front cover Part No. Capacity No. of in 18mm rows SP ways MGBN4SXS 34 2 MGBN8SXS 34 2 MGBN12SXS 51 3 MGBN16SXS 68 4 MGBN24SXS 85 5
MGBN8SXS

Dimensions in mm Height Width 484 538 700 808 970 470 470 470 470 470

Depth 158 158 158 158 158

Supplied with DIN rail, door and plain front cover Part No. Capacity No. of in 18mm rows SP ways MGBN4SXP 34 2 MGBN8SXP 34 2 MGBN12SXP 51 3 MGBN16SXP 68 4 MGBN24SXP 85 5
MGBN8SXP Suitable for most DIN standard devices

Dimensions in mm Height Width 484 538 700 808 970 470 470 470 470 470

Depth 158 158 158 158 158

Installation
■ ■ Wall mounting Dimensions: see page 169

125

Enclosures
Pragma C IP40
Application
These enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products, primarily for control and metering. ■ Colour: ivory (RAL9001) Available with either a plain or transparent door, these enclosures are supplied complete with the following:
10901

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

10912

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2 angled terminal block supports 1 earth terminal block without cover: 12 way enclosure supplied with 16 hole terminal bar (8 x 10mm2 + 8 x 16mm2) 24 and 36 way enclosure supplied with 22 hole terminal bar (11 x 10mm2 + 11 x 16mm2) 48 way enclosure supplied with 32 hole terminal bar (16 x 10mm2 + 16 x 16mm2) 1 neutral terminal block with blue cover: 12 way enclosure supplied with 16 hole terminal bar (8 x 10mm2 + 8 x 16mm2) 24 and 36 way enclosure supplied with 22 hole terminal bar (11 x 10mm2 + 11 x 16mm2) 48 way enclosure supplied with 32 hole terminal bar (16 x 10mm2 + 16 x 16mm2) Identification labels and pictograms 5 module dividable blanking plates: 12 way enclosure supplied with 1 24 way enclosure supplied with 2 36 and 48 way enclosure supplied with 3

10903

Supplied with plain door Capacity Part No. in 18mm SP ways 10901 12 10902 24 10903 36 10904 48 Supplied with transparent door Capacity Part No. in 18mm SP ways 10911 12 10912 24 10913 36 10914 48
Suitable for most DIN standard devices

No. of rows 1 2 3 4

Dimensions in mm Height Width 250 375 500 752 275 275 275 275

Depth 115 115 115 115

No. of rows 1 2 3 4

Dimensions in mm Height Width 250 375 500 752 275 275 275 275

Depth 115 115 115 115

10914

Additional accessories Description 80A terminal block, 4 holes 80A terminal block, 8 holes 80A terminal block, 16 holes 80A terminal block, 22 holes 80A terminal block, 32 holes IP2X IP2X IP2X IP2X IP2X IP2X protective protective protective protective protective protective cover cover cover cover cover cover terminal terminal terminal terminal terminal terminal block, block, block, block, block, block, green-yellow, 4 & 8 hole green-yellow, 16, 22 & 32 hole red, 4 & 8 hole red, 16, 22 & 32 hole blue, 4 & 8 hole blue, 16, 22 & 32 hole

Part No. 13575 13576 13577 13578 13579 13582 13583 13584 13585 13586 13587 13600 13665 14181

Angled terminal block support Key lock Set of 4 wall mounting hooks Installation ■ Wall mounting ■ Dimensions: for more detailed dimensions, see page 191

126

Enclosures
Pragma metal IP41
Application
These enclosures are manufactured from sheet metal 8/10 epoxy/polyester powder coated. They are supplied complete with DIN mounting rails and insulated front plates. Degree of protection is IP30 with front plates, IP41 with overall door. They consist of: ■ ■
13811 + 13841

Installation
■ Wall mounted with internal fixing and location brackets

■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Compact NS/Interpact incomers
■ ■ ■ Purpose designed mounting plates and front plates to accept Compact NS or Interpact up to 160A Each Interpact front plate occupies the space of 2 MCB front plates Each Compact NS occupies the space of 1 MCB front plate

A back plate which supports a removable DlN rail chassis which is also insulated from the back plate Removable top and bottom insulated gland plates (metal plates are an option) Metal side panels which are insulated from the back plate Insulated front plates, one for each row of DlN rail Earth and neutral terminal bars, each 30 holes Way label for each row, with blanking plates (8 poles for 1, 2, 3 rows - 16 poles for 4, 5, 6 rows) Optional plain door or glazed door which may be hinged left or right

Terminals
■ A range of terminals and connections to ease installation

Accessories
■ A range of accessories to extend the applications for Pragma enclosures Part No. 13861 13863 13875 13876 13866 13871 13864 13430 13879 13877 13880 13429 PRGPM

Enclosure No. of Capacity Part No. rows in 18mm enclosure SP ways 1 24 13811 2 48 13812 3 72 13813 4 96 13814 5 120 13815 6 144 13816 Suitable for most DlN standard devices

Part No. door plain glazed 13841 13842 13843 13844 13845 13846 13851 13852 13853 13854 13855 13856

Description Interpact IN125T - IN160T mounting plate and front plate Compact NS / VIGI NS 100 / 160 mounting plate and front plate 160A connection blocks (fits onto incoming units) Earth/neutral terminal blocks (2 x 30 hole)* Connections to install POLYBLOC on incoming unit Plain front plate (1 row) Slotted mounting plate (H 150mm) Blanking plate 24 pole Label strip 24 pole Door lock key No. 405 Touch up paint RAL 9001 Pack of blanking strip 5 pole Metal gland plate

Dimensions ■ All Pragma enclosures are 550mm wide, depth 170mm, with front plates 182mm with overall door

Height 1 row 2 row 3 row 4 row 5 row 6 row

mm 300 450 600 750 900 1050

* 13876 complete with insulated holders, insulated cover each bar has 1 x 35mm, 15 x 16mm, 14 x 10mm holes.

127

Enclosures
UT weatherproof IP54
Application
There are 4 - M8 x 20 bolts at the back of the enclosure to fix mounting plates or chassis. Both plain and perforated mounting plates are available. Custom chassis allow rapid fixing of symmetrical DIN rail mounted devices. It comprises of 2 vertical rails fitted to the back of the enclosure, the DIN rails are fitted at the required positions. Modular chassis (common to the UT and UP enclosures) comprise a supporting structure, symmetrical DIN rails with adjustable depth, plastic front plates with built in identification. ■ ■ ■ UT weatherproof enclosures: All welded construction, manufactured from 1.2mm sheet steel, epoxy/polyester powder coated Colour: RAL 7032 grey Degree of protection: IP54 to IEC 529. Wall fixing by internal or external fixings. The door is removable and is sealed using a moulded polyurethane gasket. A bottom gland plate is fitted, fully gasketed and removable from the outside

Weatherproof enclosure

Enclosures
Enclosure size (mm) Height Width Depth UT range With plain door 04583 04584 04585 04586 04587 04588 04590

Internal fittings
Mounting plates Plain Perforated Custom chassis 4 Multifix Vertical rails uprights Modular chassis Rows of Chassis 18mm complete SP ways 2 3 3 4 4 6 x x x x x x 12 16 16 22 28 36 02524 02525 02526 02527 02528 02530

300 400 500 600 700 800 1000

250 300 400 400 500 600 800

150 200 200 200 200 250 250

09231 09234 09238 09239 09240 09244 09248

09211 09214 09218 09219 09220 09224 09228

09263 09264 09264 09265 09266 09268

09251 09252 09253 09254 09255 09257

Accessories Set of wall fixing lugs (external) Handle with barrel + 2 keys 405 Earth connection 6mm for door
2

04629 05196 07081 02499 13730 05224 09917 05114 05115 05116

RAL7032 aerosol paint spray Blanking plate for Multi 9 front plate Set of 4 - M8 x 50 spacers for custom chassis and mounting plates Set of 4 - M6 x 12 screws and nuts to fix DIN rails in custom chassis 20 cage nuts for perforated mounting plate M4 M5 M6 ■ Dimensions: see page 192

128

Enclosures
Prisma GK IP55
Application
Heavy Duty enclosure suitable for use in harsh environments. Ideal for use in Industrial & Commercial buildings these enclosures offer the following: ■ Functionality (ease & simplicity of product selection) ■ Sealed from the effects of water and dust to IP55 ■ Extendible (enclosures can be joined or extended by the use of joining kits) ■ Robust (high resistance to impacts & mechanical damage)
05503 + 05543

These enclosures are wall mountable, up to 23x50mm Prisma modules, or floor standing for 27 and 33x50mm Prisma modules using a plinth. They are available with either a plain or transparent door and can be used to house devices up to 630A with standard connections. ■ ■ Colour: RAL 9001. For other colours consult Merlin Gerin. Degree of protection: IP55 Part No’s. Enclosure 05502 05503 05504 05505 05506 05507 05508 Plain door 05532 05533 05534 05535 05536 05537 05538 Transparent door 05542 05543 05544 05545 05546 05547 05548

Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure

(7 mod.), H450 x W600 (11 mod.), H650 x W600 (15 mod.), H850 x W600 (19 mod.), H1050 x W600 (23 mod.), H1250 x W600 (27 mod.), H1450 x W600 (33 mod.), H1750 x W600

Description Part No. Canopy for W600 - for extra protection against water or objects falling vertically 05557 Prisma GK handle - spare handle with barrel lock and two keys 05580 For further information and a comprehensive list of the full GK range see the Prisma G Catalogue. For information on joining/extending enclosures consult us.

Ordering guide
■ Select the number of device mounting rails (Multifix rails) required for mounting Multi 9 devices: (24 x 18mm SP ways) Rail 1 row occupies 4 vertical modules (200mm). ■ 07501 Front Plate (with cutouts) 07814

Select the number of Mulifix rails required for mounting terminal blocks: Rail 07502 Front Plate 07813

1 row occupies 3 vertical modules (150mm).

Add the number of vertical modules required for the installed equipment using the above guidelines and subtract this number from the number of modules provided in the selected enclosure. This will give you the plain front plate requirements for the unused modules in the enclosure. Use the following table to order plain front plates: for B type pan assemblies see page xx Plain Flat Front Plate Height Mods. 50mm 1 100mm 2 150mm 3 200mm 4 250mm 5 300mm 6 Example 3 x 7501 3 x 7814 2 x 7502 2 x 7803 Part No. 7801 7802 7803 7804 7805 7806 Modules 12 6

Rows for Multi 9 devices, 72 x 18mm SP Ways 3 Front Plates with cut outs for Multi 9 devices 2 Rows for Terminal Blocks 2 Front Plates

05505 Basic Enclosure (19 mod.), H1050 x W600 05535 Plain door for 19 mod enclosure Total space remaining within the enclosure Therefore the Filler Plates required would be: 1 x 7801 1 x 1 mod (50mm) Plain Front Plate ■ Dimensions: see page 193

19 1

129

Enclosures
Pragma C weatherproof IP55
Application
These enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products, primarily for control and metering. Suitable for use in harsh environments they can be used indoors or outdoors. ■ Colour: light grey (RAL 7035)
10941

These enclosures are supplied complete with the following: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2 angled terminal block supports 1 earth terminal block without cover: 12 way enclosure supplied with 16 hole terminal bar (8 x 10mm2 + 8 x 16mm2) 24 and 36 way enclosure supplied with 22 hole terminal bar (11 x 10mm2 + 11 x 16mm2) 48 way enclosure supplied with 32 hole terminal bar (16 x 10mm2 + 16 x 16mm2) 1 neutral terminal block with blue cover: 12 way enclosure supplied with 16 hole terminal bar (8 x 10mm2 + 8 x 16mm2) 24 and 36 way enclosure supplied with 22 hole terminal bar (11 x 10mm2 + 11 x 16mm2) 48 way enclosure supplied with 32 hole terminal bar (16 x 10mm2 + 16 x 16mm2) Identification labels and pictograms 5 module dividable blanking plates: 12 way enclosure supplied with 1 24 way enclosure supplied with 2 36 and 48 way enclosure supplied with 3

Supplied with transparent door Capacity Part No. in 18mm SP ways 10941 12 10942 24 10943 36 10944 48
Suitable for most DIN standard devices

No. of rows 1 2 3 4

Dimensions in mm Height Width 279 404 529 654 285 285 285 285

Depth 127.5 127.5 127.5 127.5

Additional accessories Description 80A terminal block, 4 holes 80A terminal block, 8 holes 80A terminal block, 16 holes 80A terminal block, 22 holes 80A terminal block, 32 holes IP2X IP2X IP2X IP2X IP2X IP2X protective protective protective protective protective protective cover cover cover cover cover cover terminal terminal terminal terminal terminal terminal block, block, block, block, block, block, green-yellow, 4 & 8 hole green-yellow, 16, 22 & 32 hole red, 4 & 8 hole red, 16, 22 & 32 hole blue, 4 & 8 hole blue, 16, 22 & 32 hole

Part No. 13575 13576 13577 13578 13579 13582 13583 13584 13585 13586 13587 13600 13625 14181

Angled terminal block support Key lock IP55 Pragma C Set of 4 wall mounting hooks Installation ■ Wall mounting ■ Dimensions: for more detailed dimensions, see page 194

130

Enclosures
Kaedra weatherproof enclosure IP65
Application
Kaedra enclosures are manufactured using an insulating, self extinguishing material. Suitable for commercial, industrial and domestic applications, for installation indoors and outdoors in harsh environments, ie marinas. ■ Degree of protection: IP65 ■ Colour: light grey (RAL 7035) These enclosures are supplied complete with the following: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 1 built in dividable blanking plate 1 marker strip 4 sealing plugs for wall mounting screws (essential for class 2) 1 angled terminal block support to simplify cable insertion and improve accessibility on clamping 1 terminal block fitted with a guide to simplify cable introduction in the tunnels: 13441 - 13443, two terminals of 4 holes 13444 two terminals of 8 holes

13441

Supplied with transparent door Capacity Part No. in 18mm SP ways 13441 4 13442 6 13443 8 13444 12 Suitable for most DIN standard devices Additional accessories Description 80A terminal block, 4 holes 80A terminal block, 8 holes 80A terminal block, 16 holes 80A terminal block 22 holes Angled Angled Angled Angled terminal terminal terminal terminal block block block block supports supports supports supports

No. of rows 1 1 1 1

Dimensions in mm Height Width 200 200 200 200 123 159 195 267

Depth 112 112 112 112

Part No. 13575 13576 13577 13578 4 way enclosure 6 way enclosure 8 way enclosure 12 way enclosure 4 hole 8 hole 16/32 hole 4 hole 8 hole 16/32 hole 13361 13362 13363 13364 13581 13582 13583 13589 13586 13587 13948 13947 14190

IP2X terminal cover green

IP2X terminal cover blue

Lock Sealing kit Bag of membrane glands (cable support sleeves) various sizes Installation ■ Wall mounting ■ Dimensions: for more detailed dimensions, see page 190

131

Enclosures
Poylester UP weatherproof IP66
Application
Weatherproof, maintenance free enclosures manufactured from high impact glass reinforced polyester material self extinguishing to 9800C and having excellent resistance to corrosion. Degree of protection IP66 to IEC 529. Wall mounting, door hinged left or right with internal wall fixings supplied as standard. There are 4 - M8 x 20 bolts at the back of the enclosure to fix mounting plates or chassis, both plain and perforated mounting plates are available. Custom chassis allow rapid fixing of symmetrical DIN rail mounted devices. It comprises of 2 vertical rails fitted to the back of the enclosure. The DIN rails are fitted at the required positions. Modular chassis (common to the UT enclosures) comprise a supporting structure, symmetrical DIN rails with adjustable depth, plastic front plates with built in identification and a 12 x 2 flat bar with earthing terminal block.

Weatherproof enclosure

Enclosures
Enclosure size (mm) Height Width Depth UP range With plain door 02504 02505 20506 02507 02508 02510 With glazed door 02514 02515 02516 02517 02518 02520

Internal fittings
Mounting plates Variable depth sliders 02554 02554 02556 02557 02557 02560 Plain Perforated Custom chassis 4 Multifix Vertical rails uprights 09263 09264 09264 09265 09266 09268 09251 09252 09253 09254 09255 09257 Modular chassis Rows of Chassis 18mm complete modules 2 3 3 4 4 6 x x x x x x 12 16 16 22 28 40 02524 02525 02526 02527 02528 02530

430 530 650 750 850 1055

330 430 440 540 640 850

200 200 250 300 300 350

09234 02238 09239 09240 09244 09248

09214 09218 09219 09220 09224 09228 Part No. 02521 09955 13730 05224 09917

Accessories Set of wall fixing lugs (external) Handle with barrel + 2 keys 405 not for 02510 and 02520 Blanking plate for multi 9 front plate Set of 4 - M8 x 50 spacers for custom chassis and mounting plates Set 8 - M6 x 12 screws and nuts to fix DIN rails in custom chassis 20 cage nuts for perforated mounting plate M4 M5 M6

05114 05115 05116

132

Technical data
Breaking capacities Tripping characteristics Temperature derating Grouping factors MCB on lighting loads MCB auxiliaries DC operation 400Hz operation Motor starters Transformer inrush P25M motor protection Types of RCD Degrees of protection Surge arrester selection Contactor rating Impulse relay selection MIN and PRE timings Movement detector Presence detector Multimeter connection Current transformer selection

Section seven
134 135 136 135 - 136 137 138 - 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 - 149 150 - 151 153 154 155 - 156 157 - 158 159 161

133

Miniature circuit breakers
Breaking capacities Tripping characteristics

Miniature circuit breaker (magnetic trip setting) Type C60HB MCB (type B: 3 - 5In) C60HC MCB (type C: 5 - 10In C60HD MCB (type D: 10 - 14In) C120 HB MCB C120 HC MCB C120 HD MCB NG125 N NG125 H Ratings (A) 1A - 63A 1A - 63A 1A - 63A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 125A 125A 125A 125A 80A Page 12/13 12/13 12/13 17 18 19 35 38

BS EN 60898** Breaking capacity (A) 1P 2,3,4P 240V 415V 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 10,000 10,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 -

1P 220V/240V 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 25,000 36,000

BS EN 60947-2* Breaking capacity (A) 2,3,4P 2,3,4P 220V/240V 380V/415V 30,000 15,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 50,000 70,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 25,000 36,000

2,3,4P 440V 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 20,000 30,000

* Breaking capacities quoted are Icu. Ics = 50% of Icu. ** Breaking capacities quoted are Icn. Ics = 75% of Icn.

Note: For UL/CSA approved MCBs consult us. Maximum operating voltage 440V + 10%

Magnetic tripping characteristics (50/60Hz)

BS EN 60898 Type In min. B 3 C 5 D 10

In max. 5 10 14

Type U C D

I EC947-2 In min. 5.5 5 10

In max. 8.8 10 14

Typical applications Moderately inductive, e.g. commercial and general industrial Highly inductive, e.g. heavy industrial More highly inductive, e.g transformers, motors and certain lighting systems

Note:

BS EN 60898 calibration temperature 30°C BS EN 60947-2 calibration temperature 40°C

134

Miniature circuit breakers
Temperature derating/grouping factors
Temperature derating of MCBs
Miniature circuit beakers listed in the service current tables may be used at temperatures ranging from -30˚C 60˚C. The tables show the maximum current to be employed as a function of certain ambient temperatures. Figures in bold type are the nominal current ratings at the calibration temperature.

■ Grouping

factors
C60HB C60HC C60HD

Derating of MCBs grouped in enclosed installations.
When a number of circuit breakers or combined RCD/MCBs that operate simultaneously are mounted side by side in a small enclosure, the temperature rise inside the enclosure may cause a reduction in the service current. The reduction can be calculated by multiplying the maximum service current by a 'grouping factor'. C60H B and C curves Temperature °C Rat. (A) 20 25 30 1 1.05 1.02 1.00 2 2.08 2.04 2.00 4 4.24 4.12 4.00 6 6.24 6.12 6.00 10 10.6 10.3 10.0 16 16.8 16.5 16.0 20 21.0 20.6 20.0 25 26.2 25.7 25.0 32 33.5 32.9 32.0 40 42.0 41.2 40.0 50 52.5 51.5 50.0 63 66.2 64.9 63.0 C60H D curve Temperature °C Rat. (A) 20 25 30 1 1.10 1.08 1.05 2 2.18 2.14 2.08 4 4.52 4.40 4.24 6 6.48 6.36 6.24 10 11.4 11.1 10.7 16 17.9 17.4 16.9 20 22.2 21.6 21.2 25 27.7 27.0 26.5 32 35.2 34.2 33.6 40 44.4 43.6 42.4 50 56.0 54.5 53.0 63 71.8 69.9 67.4 DPN, DPN N Temperature °C Rat. (A) 20 25 30 1 1.04 1.02 1 2 2.08 2.04 2 6 6.26 6.13 6 10 10.5 10.3 10 16 16.7 16.4 16 20 20.9 20.4 20 25 26.1 25.5 25 32 33.6 32.8 32 40 42 41 40

}

0.8

35 0.98 1.96 3.88 5.88 9.70 15.5 19.4 24.2 31.4 38.8 48.5 61.1

40 0.95 1.92 8.76 5.76 9.30 15.2 19.0 23.7 30.4 38.0 47.4 58.0

45 0.93 1.88 3.64 5.64 9.00 14.7 18.4 23.0 29.8 36.8 45.5 56.7

50 0.90 1.84 3.52 5.52 8.60 14.2 17.8 22.2 28.4 35.6 44.0 54.2

55 0.88 1.80 5.40 5.40 8.20 13.8 17.4 21.5 28.2 34.4 42.5 51.7

60 0.85 1.74 5.30 5.30 7.80 13.3 16.8 20.7 27.5 33.2 40.5 49.2

35 1.03 2.04 4.12 6.12 10.4 16.4 20.6 25.7 32.9 41.2 51.5 65.5

40 1.00 2.00 4.00 6.00 10.0 16.0 20.0 25.0 32.0 40.0 50.0 63.0

45 0.97 1.96 3.88 5.88 9.60 15.5 19.4 24.2 31.0 38.8 48.5 60.4

50 0.95 1.90 3.72 5.76 9.20 15.0 18.8 23.5 30.4 37.6 46.5 57.9

55 0.92 1.86 3.56 5.58 8.80 14.4 18.2 22.7 29.4 36.4 45.0 55.4

60 0.89 1.80 3.44 5.46 8.40 13.9 17.6 21.7 28.4 34.8 43.0 52.9

35 0.98 1.96 5.87 9.73 15.6 19.5 24.4 31.2 39

40 0.96 1.91 5.73 9.45 16.2 19 23.8 30.3 37.9

45 0.93 1.87 5.60 9.17 14.8 18.7 23.3 29.4 36.8

50 0.91 1.82 5.45 8.87 14.4 18 22.7 28.5 35.7

55 0.89 1.77 5.31 8.57 14 17.5 22.1 27.6 34.6

60 0.86 1.72 5.16 8.25 13.5 17 21.4 26.7 33.4

135

Miniature circuit breakers
Temperature derating/grouping factors
DPN Vigi, DPN N Vigi, (30 and 300mA) Temperature °C Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 6 6.26 6.13 6 5.87 10 10.5 10.2 10 9.75 16 16.8 16.4 16 15.6 20 21 20.5 20 19.5 25 26.1 25.5 25 24.4 32 33.4 32.7 32 31.2 40 41.6 41.8 40 38.2

40 5.73 9.49 16.2§ 19 23.9 30.5 38.3

45 5.60 9.23 14.8 18.5 23.3 29.7 37.4

50 5.45 8.96 14.3 17.9 22.7 28.9 36.5

55 5.31 8.67 14.9 17.4 22.1 28 35.6

60 5.16 8.38 13.4 16.8 21.4 27.1 34.6

NG125 Rat. (A) 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 C120H Rat. (A) 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 Temperature °C 20 25 30 10.7 10.4 10 17.1 16.6 16 21.3 20.7 20 27.1 26 25 34.7 33.3 32 43 41.5 40 53.9 51.9 50 68 65.5 63 85 82.5 80 107 103.5 100 135 130 125 35 9.4 15 18.7 23.8 30.5 38 47.8 60 77 96 118.5 40 9.2 14.7 18.3 22.7 29 36 45.7 57 74 92 114 45 8.8 14 17.5 21.2 27.1 34 43.3 54 60.5 87.5 108 50 8.4 13.4 16.7 20.2 25.8 32 41 51 57 83 102 55 8.1 13 16 19.6 25 31 39.8 49.5 55.3 80.5 99 60 7.8 12.6 15.5 19 24.2 30 38.6 48 53.6 78 96 Temperature °C 20 25 30 11 10.75 10.5 17.6 17.2 16.8 22 21.5 21 27.5 26.87 26.25 35.2 34.4 33.6 44 43 42 55 53.75 52.5 69.3 67.72 66.15 88 86 84 110 107.5 105 137.5 134.3 131.2 35 10.25 16.4 20.5 25.62 32.8 41 51.25 64.57 82 102.5 128.1 40 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 45 9.75 15.6 19.5 24.37 31.2 39 48.75 61.42 78 97.5 121.8 50 9.5 15.2 19 23.75 30.4 38 47.5 59.85 76 95 118.7 55 9.25 14.8 18.5 23.12 29.6 37 46.25 58.27 74 92.5 121.8 60 9 14.4 18 22.5 28.8 36 45 56.7 72 90 112.5

136

Miniature circuit breakers
For use with lighting loads
Table 1: fluorescent lighting
Depending on the power supply and the number and types of lighting units, the table gives the circuit breaker rating based on the following assumptions: ■ Installation in an enclosure with an ambient temperature of 25˚C (derating coefficient = 0.8) ■ Power of ballast: 25% of tube power ■ Power factor: 0.6 for non-compensated fluorescent lighting. 0.86 for compensated fluorescent lighting Circuit breakers mounted in an enclosure with an ambient exterior temperature of 25˚C: derating coefficient = 0.8. Single phase system: 230V Three phase + N system: 400V between phases Types of Power of Number of lighting units per phase lighting unit tubes (W) Single phase 18 4 9 29 49 78 98 122 157 196 non-compensated 36 2 4 14 24 39 49 61 78 98 58 1 3 9 15 24 30 38 48 60 Single phase 18 7 14 42 70 112 140 175 225 281 compensated 36 3 7 21 35 56 70 87 112 140 58 2 4 13 21 34 43 54 69 87 Two phase 2x18 = 36 3 7 21 35 56 70 87 112 140 compensated 2x36 = 72 1 3 10 17 28 35 43 56 70 2x58 = 118 1 2 6 10 17 21 27 34 43 MCB rating 1 2 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 Calculation: non-compensated fluorescent lighting example (star connection) Number = (rating x 0.8) (U x 0.6) (P x 1.25)

245 122 76 351 175 109 175 87 54 50

309 154 95 443 221 137 221 110 68 63

392 196 121 562 281 174 281 140 87 80

490 245 152 703 351 218 351 175 109 100

Table 2: high pressure discharge lamps
Table valid for 230V and 400V, with compensated or non-compensated ballast. Mercury vapour + fluorescent substance P(1) ≤ 700W P(1) ≤ 1000W P(1) ≤ 2000W Mercury vapour + metal halides P(1) 375W P(1) 1000W P(1) 2000W High pressure sodium vapour lamps P(1) 400W P(1) 1000W Rat. (A) 6 10 16 6 10 16 6 10

137

Electrical auxiliaries
For C60/C120 MCBs
Auxiliary ON/OFF switch (OF) to indicate the ‘open’ or ‘closed’ position of a circuit breaker
Assembly Clip on the left side of the circuit breaker. Applications Audible or visual indication of the open or closed state of the circuit. The indication can be given on the front of a cubicle or enclosure or grouped on a control desk. Can be used in conjunction with an alarm switch.
14 mcb closed

Auxiliary ON/OFF switch (OF) Alarm switch (SD) Shunt trip unit (MX) Under voltage release (MN)

Ph

11

12 mcb open

N

Alarm switch (SD) to indicate circuit breaker opening on a fault (tripped)
Assembly Clip on the left side of the circuit breaker. Applications Audible or visual indication of a fault on an electrical circuit in air conditioned rooms, passenger and goods lifts, ventilation etc. May be used in conjunction with an auxiliary ON/OFF switch.

Ph

91

94 fault

92 normal

N

Shunt trip unit (MX) for remote tripping
Assembly Clip on the left side of the circuit breaker. Applications remote opening of electrical circuits.

Ph

14 12 mcb closed

C2 C1

N
mcb open

Under voltage release unit (MN) to ensure automatic tripping in case of under voltage and for remote tripping by EMERGENCY STOP push button
Assembly Clip on the left side of the circuit breaker. Applications Automatic tripping of a circuit breaker whenever the voltage drops sufficiently below its nominal rated voltage. Remote tripping of a circuit breaker by ‘emergency stop’ or other N.C. push button.

Ph

D1

D2

N

138

U<

U>

Electrical auxiliaries
MX + OF and MXV releases for NG125 circuit breakers
Remote operation with MX + OF
Remote opening, by circuit breaker tripping, of electrical lighting circuits, etc.
MX + OF N L

U>

14 12

C2

C1 NG125

Upstream voltage taps
The voltage taps supply auxiliary circuits in order to perform the following functions: ■ Indication, measurement ■ Emergency stopping ■ Remote transfer

NG125

OF or SD indication
OF auxiliary contact: ■ Indication by dry contact of circuit breaker "open or closed" condition ■ Indication is either on the front face of the cubicle or enclosure or centralised on a display console SD fault indicating switch ■ Indication of a fault on a circuit breaker: climatic chamber, elevator, ventilation, etc
O+F N L SD N L

24 22

21

NG125

96 98

95

NG125

Remote operation with MXV
Remote tripping by MXV with information feedback by SDV ■ The control switch (luminous or not) trips the circuit breaker by means of the Vigi equipped with an MXV ■ An indicator, via the SDV switch in the NO condition, lights up when the Vigi module has tripped on an outgoer or by MXV

L N

11

12 M1

M2

N L SDV MXV ACTp

NG125 Vigi NG125 OFF max. = 1 mA

139

DC operation
Miniature circuit breakers
Selecting the circuit breaker
The selection of the type of circuit breaker most suitable for protection of a d.c. installation depends mainly on the following criteria: ■ The rated current, which determines the rating of the equipment ■ The type of system (1,2 or 3), (see below) ■ The rated voltage, which determines the number of poles to be involved in breaking ■ The maximum short circuit current at the point of installation, which determines the breaking capacity. Magnetic trip threshold increases by 1.4

Breaking capacity of miniature circuit breakers on d.c.
(in brackets, the number of poles involved in breaking) Type of D.C. breaking capacity(kA)-L/R < 0.015s circuit breaker (IEC 947-2 ,lcu) Voltage 24/48V 125V 250V C60HB/HC 20 (1) 25 (2) 50 (4) C60HD 20 (1) 25 (2) 50 (4) C120 15,000 25,000 NG125N 36,000 36,000 NG125H 36,000 36,000

500V -

Type of system
Diagrams and various cases of faults

Earthed systems
One polarity of the DC supply is earthed
i a U B b C A R U/2 + U/2 b

Insulated systems
A centre point of the DC supply is earthed
i a R U B C A b B C A i a R

Fault effect

Fault A

Fault B Fault C Most unfavourable case Distribution of the breaking poles

Max. Isc the positive polarity is the only one involved Max. Isc both polarities are involved No effect Fault A The poles required to perform the break are in series on the positive polarity
(1),(2)

Isc close to max. Isc the positive polarity is the only one involved, voltage U/2 Max. Isc both polarities are involved Same as fault A but this is the negative polarity which is involved Faults A and C On each polarity there must be the number of poles required to perform the break of max. Isc at U/2

No effect

Max. Isc both polarities are involved No effect Fault B the poles required to perform the break are shared between the 2 polarities

(1) Or negative if the positive polarity is earthed. (2) An extra pole will be needed on the earthed polarity to provide isolation

-

+ 250V = C120H 3P 80A Load

-

+ 250V =

C120H 4P 100A Load

+ 250V = NS400H 2P 400A Load

Calculation the short circuit current (Isc) across the terminals of a battery
When a short circuit occurs across its terminals, a battery discharges a current given by Ohm's law: Isc = Vb Ri Where Vb = the maximum discharge voltage (battery 100 % charged). and Ri = the internal resistance equivalent to the sum of the cell resistances (figure generally given by the manufacturer according to the capacity of the battery).

Example
What is the short circuit current at the terminals of a standing battery with the following characteristics: ■ Capacity: 500Ah ■ Max. discharge voltage: 240V (110 cells of 2.2V) ■ Discharge current: 300A ■ Autonomy: 1/2 hour ■ Internal resistance: 0.5mΩ per cell Ri = 110 x 0.5 10 - 3 = 55 x10 - 3 Isc = 240 -3 = 4.4kA 55 10

As the above calculation shows, the shor circuit current is relatively weak.
Note: If the internal resistance is not known, the following approximate formula can be used: Isc = kC, where C is the capacity of the battery expressed in Ampere hours, and k is a coefficient close to 10 but in any case always lower than 20.

240 Vdc 300A 500Ah Ri = 0.5mΩ/cell

140

Utilisation at 400Hz
Practical advice
The greater part of multi 9 circuit breakers can be used on 400Hz networks. Short-circuit currents at 400Hz generator terminals do not, in general, exceed the nominal current by more than 4 times. Therefore, breaking capacity problems are very rare.

Multi 9 circuit breakers
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ No thermal derating Increase of magnetic thresholds: Coefficient 1.5 for DPN Coefficient 1.48 for C60 Residual current circuit-breakers from the multi 9 range can be used on 400Hz networks. It should be noted that the mA threshold varies depending on the network's frequency (see curves below)

Note:
In 400Hz, the test circuit for residual current devices may present the risk of not functioning when actioning the test button because of threshold variation. According to international studies (IEC 60479-2), the human body is less sensitive to a 400Hz current that passes through the body; so well that, even though the residual current device has had its frequency desensitised, these devices still ensure the protection of persons. The method for choosing residual current devices in 400Hz is thus the same as that for 50Hz.

RCCB
I n 2.5

Operating residual current variation curves Class 1 2 3 4 AC Rating (A) 25 25-40 63-80-100 16-25-40-63 Curve No. Sensitivity (mA) 10 30 100 300 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 3 2 4 4 2

2

A si type Selective s ( AC, A )

500 1 1 1 2 2

1.5

1

0.5 10

50 60

90

150

250

350 400 Hz

Vigi C60

Operating residual current variation curves Class Curve No. Sensitivity Sens. (mA) (A) (A) 10 30 100 300 1A 3A Vigi C60 110/220 V - 50Hz AC 25 2 1 1 63 2 1 Rating Vigi C60 2, 3 and 4P 220/415 V - 50Hz AC 25 2 1 1 40-63 2 1 A 25-63 3 3 2 2 All types Selective s C60 si

I n 2.5

1 2

2

1.5

-

1

-

4

2

2

-

0.5 10

4
50 60 90 150 250 350 400 Hz

141

Miniature circuit breakers
For use in conjunction with motor starters and transformers
Motor starters
In general miniature circuit breakers can give only short circuit protection to motor loads due to the high starting currents which may be encountered; typically 3 - 12 times full load current (FLC). Assumptions The tables give recommended MCB ratings for motors up to 37kW based on the following assumptions: ■ Direct-on-line starting starting current = 7 x FLC run up time = 6seconds, motors <3kW 10 seconds, motors < 22kW running currents = average values only (individual manufacturer's figures will vary). four pole motors, i.e. speed approx. 1500rpm Table 1 - 3 phase 415Vac D.O.L. starting Recommended MCB kW hHp Running I C60HB C60HC 0.12 0.166 0.65 2 2 0.18 0.25 0.7 2 2 0.25 0.33 0.87 4 2 0.37 0.5 1.35 4 4 0.55 0.75 1.55 4 4 0.75 1.0 1.93 6 4 1.1 1.5 2.5 6 6 1.5 2 3.5 10 10 2.2 3 4.8 16 10 3 4 6.4 20 20 3.75 5 7.8 25 25 4 5.5 8.1 25 25 5.5 7.5 11 32 32 7.5 10 14.4 50 50 9.33 12.5 17.3 63 50 11 15 21 63 63 13 17.5 25 15 18.5 22 30 37 20 25 30 40 50 28 35 40 54 65.5 C60HD 1 1 1 2 2 4 4 6 10 10 16 16 16 20 20 25 32 40 50 50 63 -

For higher inertia loads, i.e. hoists or fans, run up times may be considerably longer than those assumed above. The rating of the MCB must take account of the greater run up time and starting current. The required MCB rating can be determined by reference to time/current curves (consult us). ■ Star/delta starting Since, during the changeover from star to delta, a high current surge in the order of DOL values may be met, the MCB rating selected should be the same as that recommended for DOL starting

Table 2 - 1 phase 240Vac D.O.L. starting kW Hp Running I C60HB 0.12 0.166 0.95 4 0.18 0.25 1.5 4 0.25 0.33 1.7 6 0.37 0.5 3 10 0.55 0.75 4.5 16 0.75 1 5.5 16 1.1 1.5 8.5 25 1.5 2 10.5 32 2.2 3 15.5 40 3 4 20 63 3.75 5 24 5.5 7.5 34 6.3 8.5 36.5 7.5 10 45 11 15 66.5 -

C60HC 2 4 4 6 10 16 25 32 40 63 63 -

C60HD 1 2 2 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 63 -

142

Miniature circuit breakers
For use in conjunction with motor starters and transformers
Transformers
High inrush currents are also produced when transformers are switched on, typically 10 - 15 times full load current. Assumptions The tables give recommended MCB ratings for single phase transformers up to 12500VA and three phase transformers up to 30000VA based on the following formula. Table 3 - 3 phase transformers 415Vac supply VA Primary In (A) C60HB C60HC 500 0.7 4 2 750 1.04 6 4 1000 1.39 10 6 2000 2.78 16 10 5000 6.95 40 25 10000 13.89 50 15000 20.84 63 20000 27.78 25000 34.73 30000 41.67 Table 4 - 1 phase transformers 240Vac supply VA Primary In (A) C60HB C60HC 50 0.21 2 100 0.42 4 2 250 1.04 6 4 500 2.08 16 10 1000 4.17 25 16 2500 10.42 63 32 5000 20.84 63 10000 41.66 12500 52.08 C60HD 1 2 4 6 16 25 32 50 63 63

C60HD 1 2 4 10 16 32 63 -

Inrush currents
When LV/LV transformers are switched on, very high inrush currents are produced which must be taken into account when choosing overcurrent protection devices. The peak value of the first current wave often reaches 10 - 15 times the rated rms current of the transformer and may reach values of 20 - 25 times the rated current even for transformers rated less than 50kVA. This transient inrush current decays very quickly (in a few milliseconds).

I

1st peak 10 to 25 In

In θ
t

143

P25M circuit breakers
For motor protection
Choice of motor supply cable size
When selecting the cable size the starting current of the motor and the permissible voltage drop must be taken into account. The cable must be capable of carrying a permanent service current at least equal to the sum of In + Is/3 where, In = rated current, Is = starting current (4 - 8 In) depending on the motor.

Protection of the line supplying the motor
Every circuit and every motor must be protected against overloads and short circuits.

Phase failure protection
The P25M protects each phase separately and interrupts all three phases in the event of a loss of phase. Single phasing sensitivity is achieved by means of a differential trip which accelerates tripping should phase failure occur.

Voltage drop
The permissible voltage drop from the start of the installation to the motor in question is 6% for public distribution systems. If the torque of the machine to be driven is low during starting it is only necessary to check the voltage drop for the rated current of the motor. If the starting torque is high (grinding mills, goods lifts, etc.) the voltage drop should be checked for the starting current.

P25M motor circuit breaker
This protects motors against overloads and short circuits. P25M type circuit breaker has on each pole a thermal release for protection against overloads and a magnetic release for protection against short circuits. For high short circuit currents use the limiter block, Ref. 21115. For ratings from 0.16A - 10A. 415V or from 0.16 - 18A, 240V; in this case the breaking capacity of the P25M circuit breaker is unlimited.

Time/current characteristics
20 10 5 2 1 40 20 10 5 2 1

Auxiliaries:
■ ■ ■ Alarm switch. ON/OFF switch. Shunt trip release or undervoltage release (emergency stop). Single phase connection
N 1 Ph 3 5 Two poles of the apparatus must be connected in series for the single phase supply

Applications
The P25M circuit breaker is particularly suitable for protecting small machine tools and similar machines, with local control.

Seconds

Minutes

200 Milliseconds

2

4

6

Thermal release settings
The thermal releases are supplied set to the bottom value of the setting range. Simultaneous setting of the thermal releases can be carried out by opening the cover and adjusting the dial on the front face of the P25M. It is recommended that the thermal releases be set to the current that the motor absorbs in normal service and not to its rated current so as to provide effective close protection.

50 20

Emergency switch wiring
L1 L2 L3 The early closing of the auxiliary contact is necessary to enable the closing of the circuit breaker equipped with an undervoltage release

5 2 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 30 U x rated current

Ambient temperature compensation
Close protection against thermal overload is enhanced by thermal releases which are ambient temperature compensated over the range - 20°C - +60°C. During overload conditions, tripping is delayed at lower ambient temperatures, from - 20°C - +20°C, and is accelerated at higher ambient temperatures, from 20°C - +60°C.

Rating In (A) 0.16 0.25 0.40 0.63 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10 14 18 23 25

Settings

Part No.

0.1 - 0.16 0.16 - 0.25 0.25 - 0.40 0.40 - 0.63 0.63 - 1 1 - 1.6 1.6 - 2.5 2.5 - 4 4 - 6.3 6 - 10 9 - 14 13 - 18 17 - 23 20 - 25

21100 21101 21102 21103 21104 21105 21106 21107 21108 21109 21110 21111 21112 21113

Standard power ratings kW: of 3-phase motors 50 - 60Hz AC-3 category 230 400 415 440 0.37 0.37 0.55 0.37 0.75 1.1 1.1 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.1 2.2 2.2 3 2.2 4 4 4 3 5.5 5.5 7.5 4 7.5 9 9 5.5 9 11 11 5.5 11 11 11

500 0.37 0.75 1.1 2.2 3.7 5.5 9 10 11 15

690 0.37 0.55 1.1 1.5 3 4 7.5 11 15 18.5 22

144

Types of RCD
Two families of RCD are offered in this catalogue (1) Those without overcurrent protection (RCDs) e.g. RMGs (2) Those with overcurrent protection (RCBOs) e.g. C60H rcbo’s and DPN Miniature circuit breakers combined with a residual current device, this RCD/MCB combination can be realised in the form of the C60H RCBO combined RCD/MCB or by combining a vigi module with an MCB. All of these units can be used to protect individual circuits or as devices mounted within individual enclosures. Individual out going circuits within type A or type B MCB distribution boards can be protected by installing RCD/MCB combinations on that particular outgoing way. Groups of circuits can be protected within distribution boards by selection of either split load or dual incomer units with selected circuits protected by RCD incoming devices. Complete distribution systems can be given RCD protection by installing an RMG RCD in a separate enclosure ahead of the distribution board or by using a distribution board having an incoming rcd. Unwanted tripping The principal reasons for unwanted tripping of RCDs are lack of discrimination between rcd's (see following paragraph) and transient earth leakage currents, which have various causes such as lightning strikes, switching surges (caused by switching inductive loads) or switching capacitive loads (RF filter networks, mineral insulated cables etc) All Merlin Gerin RCDs and RCD/MCBs incorporate a filtering device which minimises their response to transients, virtually eliminating unwanted tripping. Discrimination of RCDs Figure 3: characteristic of 231 16, 300mA time delayed RCD with 10, 30 and 100mA instantaneous devices superimposed to show discrimination. Wherever two or more rcd's are installed in series with one another, measures must be taken to ensure that they discriminate properly - in the event of an earth fault, only the device next upstream should operate. RCDs do not discriminate on rated residual operating current sensitivity alone. In other words, a 100mA device upstream of a 30mA device will not offer inherent discrimination. To provide the necessary discrimination, RCDs can be provided with an inbuilt time delay mechanism, usually 50ms. This inbuilt time delay is sufficient to allow the downstream device to open the circuit before the upstream device starts to operate. Such an RCD must be used as the incomer to a split load board incorporating two RCDs. (fig. 3) IEC publication 479 "effects of currents passing through the human body"
TIME/CURRENT ZONES OF EFFECTS OF A.C. CURRENT (15 - 100HZ) ON PERSONS WITH STANDARD RCD CHARACTERISTICS SUPERIMPOSED
10000 5000 a b c1 c2 c3 IEC 479

ime (s)

Merlin Gerin 300mA time delayed rcd
000s

Typical 100mA instantaneous rcd
100s

Typical 30mA instantaneous rcd
10s

1s

00ms

100mA 300mA 600mA 1.5A 3A current (A)

500A

2000 1000 time in milliseconds 500 1 200 100 50 2 3 4

20 10 0.1

0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 5 10 current in milliamperes (R.M.S.) 10mA 30mA 100mA

20

30 50

100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 5000 10000 typical current limits due to body resistance at 240V

Zone Physiological Effects 1 Usually no reaction effects 2 Usually no harmful physiological effects 3 Usually no organic damage to be expected. Likelihood of muscular contraction and difficulty of breathing reversible disturbances of formation and conduction of impulses in the heart and transient cardiac arrest without ventricular fibrillation increases with current magnitude and time 4 In addition to the effects of zone 3 probability of ventricular fibrillation increased up to 5% (Curve C2) up to 50% (Curve C3) and above 50% beyond Curve C3 Increasing with magnitude and time. pathyphysiological effects such as cardiac arrest, breathing arrest and heavy burns may occur.

145

Degrees of protection
Provided by enclosures
External influences In many national and international standards, a large number of external influences to which an electrical installation can be subjected are indexed and coded: presence of water, presence of solid objects, risk of impact, vibrations, presence of corrosive substances, etc. These influences may be present with variable intensity depending on the conditions of installation: The presence of water may be in the form of a few drops or total immersion. Protection index European standard EN60529 gives a protection code (IP) which characterises the ability of equipment to withstand the following external influences: ■ Presence of solid bodies ■ Presence of water This code comprises two digits, depending on these external influences. The protection index is assigned to the equipment following a series of tests laid down in the respective standards.

Test according to EN60529
1st digit 2nd digit

Protection against solid bodies

Protection against liquids
no protection

Example IP 55
No protection Protection against dust (no harmful deposits) Protection against hosing with water from all directions Protection against vertical drops of water (condensation)

0 1

0 1

ø 50mm

Protection against solid bodies greater than 50 mm

2

ø 12.5mm

Protection against solid bodies greater than 12.5mm

2

Protection against drops of water falling up to 15° from vertical

3
ø 2.5mm

Protection against solid bodies greater than 2.5 mm

3

Protection against rainwater up to 60° from vertical

4
ø 1mm

4
Protection against solid bodies greater than 1 mm Protection against water projected from all directions

5

Protection against dust (no harmful deposits)

5

protection against hosing with water from all directions

6
Total protection against dust

6
Protection against swamping with water

7
Protection against immersion

146

Choosing a surge arrester for LV networks
PRD/PF
Load considerations ■ The surge arrester’s level of protection (Up) depends on the installed equipment and the rated voltage of the installation ■ Up must lie between ■ The full voltage of the permanent operating conditions (Uc) ■ The impulse withstand voltage (Uchoc) of the equipment to be protected: Uc<Up<Uchoc 8/20 impulse withstand table for equipment to be protected ■ General standard: IEC 60364-4 Rated voltage of the installation Three phase networks Equipment sensitivity withstand (Uchoc) Reduced electronic circuit devices: televisions, alarms, HiFi, video recorders, computers telecommunication 2.5 kV 1.5 kV shock wave category I Normal electrical household appliances: dishwashers, ovens refrigerators, portable tools 4 kV 2.5 kV shock wave category II High industrial devices: motors, cabinets, current sockets, transfos. 6 kV 4 kV shock wave category III TN-C ≥ 1.5 Uo Very high industrial devices: distribution electric meters, telemeters 8 kV 6 kV shock wave category IV IT ≥ 1.732 Uo ≥ 1.1 Uo

400/690/1000 230/440 V

Earthing systems TT Uc value for common mode ≥ 1.5 Uo (protection between live conductors and earth) Uc value for differential mode ≥ 1.1 Uo (protection between phase and neutral) Uo: Simple network voltage between phase and neutral. Uc: Full voltage under permanent operating conditions. Uc: Value as in the French standard: NF C 15100 section 534. Placing several surge arresters in a cascading configuration The incoming surge arrester (P1) is dimensioned to run off lightning currents at the source of the installation, 2 cases are possible: ■ If there is a level of protection (Up) too high for the impulse withstand voltage (Uchoc) of the installation's equipment: ■ A secondary protection surge arrester (P2) placed near loads is sufficient, to lower the voltage and make it compatible with the impulse withstand voltage of the equipment to be protected ■ ■

TN-S ≥ 1.5 Uo ≥ 1.1 Uo

If sensitive equipment is too far from the incoming surge arrester (d ≥ 30 m figure 2): A secondary protection surge arrester (P2) placed near loads suffices, to lower the voltage and make it compatible with the impulse withstand voltage of the equipment to be protected

Example figure 2
d ≥30 m P1

Example figure 1

E

P1 Up: 2 kV

E

Uchoc: 1.5 kV

E
P1
Up: 2 kV P1

P2

E
P2
Up: 1.2 kV

Uchoc: 1.5 kV

E: Equipment to be protected with impulse withstand of 1.5 kV P1: incoming surge arrester dimensioned with In and Imax that are sufficient enough to face lightning currents that may appear and with a level of protection of 2.5 kV P2: Surge arrester near equipment to be protected with an adapted level of protection and which is co-ordonated with P1

E: Equipment to be protected with impulse withstand of 1.5 kV P1: Incoming surge arrester dimensioned with In and Imax that are sufficient enough to face lightning currents that may appear and with a level of protection of 1.5 kV. This level of 1.5 kV is acceptable in principle (even though there is no margin), but the distance d is too great P2: Surge arrester near equipment to be protected with an adapted level of protection and which is co-ordonated with P1

147

Choosing a surge arrester for LV networks
PRD/PF
Site characteristics ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ If a lightning rod is planned or has already been installed on the building (or in a 50 m radius): Choose an incoming protection device with an Imax of 65 kA. lightning flash density (Ng) Mount a surge arrester Imax: 8 kA in a cascading configuration if: The distance between the incoming surge arrester and loads is ≥30 m The surge arrester's voltage Up is too high in regards to the sensitivity of the load to be protected (Uchoc)

Up surge arrester < Uchoc switchgear Installation without a lighting conductor Residential Geographical location Lightning flash density (Ng) Imax (kA) incoming protection Imax (kA) secondary protection if: Up too high and/or d ≥ 30 m (*) recommended

Urban ≤ 0.5 15*

0.5<Ng<1.6 15

≥ 1.6 15

Rural ≤ 0.5 15

0.5<Ng<1.6 30 - 40 8

≥ 1.6 65 8

Tertiary/industrial (1) Continuity of supply of the Not necessary Partial Essential operation Consequence (financial) Low High Very high of a lightning stroke on equipment to be protected ≤0.5 0.5<Ng<1.6 ≥1.6 ≤0.5 0.5<Ng<1.6 ≥1.6 ≤0.5 0.5<Ng<1.6 ≥1.6 Lightning flash density (Ng) 15 15 30 - 40 15 30 - 40 65 30 - 40 65 65 Imax (kA) incoming protection 8 8 8 8 8 8 Imax (kA) secondary protection if: Up too high and/or d ≥ 30 m (1) since in the tertiary/industrial sector the cost of equipment to be protected is higher, damage due to lightning is more significant

Selection depending on the earthing system Earthing systems TT TN-S TN-C IT distributed neutral IT nondistributed neutral

Draw out surge arresters PRD MC Uc = 275 V MC Uc = 440 V MC/MD Uc = 440/275 V Fixed surge arresters PF 30 - 65 kA MC Uc = 440 V PF 8 - 15 kA MC/MD Uc = 440/275 V PE MC (Uc = 440 V)

1P 3P 3P 1P+N 3P+N 1P+N 3P+N 1P+N 3P+N 1P+N 3P+N 1P+N 3P+N 1P+N 3P+N 1P 3x1P 1P+N 3P+N 1P+N 3P+N 1P+N 3P+N 3x1P

148

Choosing a surge arrester for LV networks
PRD/PF
Choosing a disconnection circuit breaker Maximum lightning discharge current 8-15-30-40 kA 65 kA disconnection circuit breaker Rating Curve 20 A C 50 A C After having chosen the surge arrester(s) needed to protect the installation, the appropriate disconnection circuit breaker is to be chosen from the opposite table: ■ Its breaking capacity must be compatible with the installation's breaking capacity ■ Each live conductor must be protected example: a 1P+N surge arrester must be combined with a 2P disconnection circuit breaker (2 protected poles)

Range -

Installation constraints The 50 cm rule in the switchboard Connections must be as short as possible. Do not exceed a distance of 50 cm, to efficiently protect electrical loads. Co-ordinating 2 surge arresters (the 10 m rule) In the case of an exposed site and the presence of sensitive loads, it is recommended to co-ordinate upstream and downstream protection in a cascading configuration.

pe ▲ ty layed or de

secon

dary

prote

ction

incom

er en

d pro

tectio

n

d1
T
OFF
O-OF F O-OF F

O-OF

F

O-OF

F

O-OF

F

O-OF

F

d2
N

PRD
N
L
F O-OF

PRD
L
O-OF F O-OF F
MERLIN GERIN i mult MERLIN GERIN i mult

2

9

ME R

LIN GERIN

GE IN R MERLIN 9

multi PRD
C Neutral

9
r

multi PRD

F O-OF

F O-OF

F O-OF

9
r

PRD

PRD
C Neutral

C40r-275 (8/20) Imax:40kA /20) In:15kA(8 Up:1,2kV Uc:275V

PRD
L N

1

d3

MERLIN GERIN i mult

9
r

MERLIN GERIN i mult

9

PRD

PRD
C Neutral

m ≤ 50 c +d3 1+d2 d

149

Contactors
CT
Inrush and holding power Type Rating (A) 16/25 16/25 40/63 40/63 100 100 Consumption inrush holding (VA) (VA) 15 3.8 34 4.6 34 4.6 53 6.5 53 6.5 106 13 Maximum power 1.3 1.6 1.6 2.1 2.1 4.2

1P, 2P 3P, 4P 2P 3P, 4P 2P 4P

CT 2000 contactor applications Choice of contactor ■ Heating circuits: (AC7a table 1) Table 1: maximum power (kW) controlled by a contactor as a function of contactor rating and service voltage. Example of use: electric heating units, water heaters ■ Lighting circuits: (AC5, table 2 and 3) choice of contactor and maximum number of load devices controlled as a function of the unit power (W) of the load devices and the service voltage: incandescent lamps, fluorescent lamps with starter, (individual mounting), sodium vapour lamps ■ Utility motors (AC7b, table 4) maximum power (kW) controlled by a contactor as a function of contactor rating and operating voltage. Typical applications: small pumps, compressors and machine tools Grouping of contactors When contactors are mounted side by side on the same DIN rail, a spacer must be fitted between every pair of contactors. Contactor bank spacer cat. ref. 27062 enables contactors to be spaced 9mm apart to improve ventilation and prevent overheating. Note: For normal usage there is generally no requirement to derate due to the high calibration temperature employed. Installation recommendations for contactors - when sited in close proximity to electronic equipment i.e. remote control switches, programmable timers etc. 1. Install two contactor spacers between the contactor and the electronic equipment. 2. Ensure contactor coil circuit and electronic equipment supply circuit are separated. 3. Where more than one DIN rail is available the contactor must be mounted on the upper rail and the electronic equipment on the lower rail. 4. Where only one DIN rail is available, the contactor must be mounted to the RHS of electronic equipment on horizontal rails and above electronic equipment on vertical rails.

Table 1: Heating Type of heating (AC1 - AC7a categories) 400/415V heating No. of ops per day 25 50 75 100 250 500 230/240V heating No. of ops per day 25 50 75 100 250 500

Maximum power (kW) for a given rating Contactor rating (A) 25 40 63 100

5.4 5.4 4.6 4 2.5 1.7 16 16 14 11 5 3.5

8.6 8.6 7.4 6 3.8 2.7 26 26 22 17 8 6

14 14 12 9.5 6 4.5 41 41 35 26 13 9

21.6 21.6 18 14 9 6.8 63 63 52 40 19 14

150

Contactors
CT
Maximum number of lamps for a given rating 230/240V Power Contactor rating (A) (W) 16 25 40 63 100 Incandescent lamp with/without halogen gas 40 38 57 115 172 250 60 30 45 85 125 187 75 25 38 70 100 150 100 19 28 50 73 110 150 12 18 35 50 75 200 10 14 26 37 55 300 7 10 18 25 37 500 4 6 10 15 22 1000 2 3 6 8 12 12V halogen lamp (with ELV transformer) 20 15 23 42 63 94 50 10 15 27 42 63 75 8 12 23 35 52 100 6 9 18 27 40 150 4 6 13 19 28 26mm fluorescent (single tube with parallel capacitor) 15 15 20 40 60 90 18 15 20 40 60 90 20 15 20 40 60 90 36 15 20 40 60 90 40 15 20 40 60 90 58 10 15 30 43 64 65 10 15 30 43 64 115 5 7 14 20 30 140 5 7 14 20 30 26mm fluorescent tube (single tube without capacitor) 15 22 30 70 100 150 18 22 30 70 100 150 20 22 30 70 100 150 36 20 28 60 90 135 40 20 28 60 90 135 58 13 17 35 56 84 65 13 17 35 56 84 115 7 10 20 32 48 140 7 10 20 32 48 26mm fluorescent (twin tube with parallel capacitor) 2x18 30 46 80 123 180 2x20 30 46 80 123 180 2x36 17 25 43 67 100 2x40 17 25 43 67 100 2x58 10 16 27 42 63 2x65 10 16 27 42 63 2x118 6 10 16 25 37 2x140 6 10 16 25 37 26mm fluorescent (four tube with parallel capacitor) 4x18 15 23 46 69 100 Electronic ballast (1 x 26mm tube) 18 74 111 222 333 500 36 38 58 117 176 260 58 25 37 74 111 160 Electronic ballast (2 x 26mm tube) 2x18 36 55 111 166 250 2x36 20 30 60 90 135 2x58 12 19 38 57 85 Electronic compact 7 133 200 400 600 900 11 80 120 240 360 540 15 58 88 176 264 396 20 44 66 132 200 300 23 38 57 114 171 256 Table 2: Lighting Table 3: Sodium lighting 230/240V Maximum number of lamps for a given rating Power Contactor rating (A) (W) 16 25 40 63 100 Low pressure sodium (with compensation) 18 14 21 40 60 60 35 3 5 10 15 15 55 3 5 10 15 15 90 2 5 6 11 11 135 1 2 4 6 6 180 1 2 4 6 6 High pressure sodium (without compensation) 70 8 12 20 32 32 150 4 7 13 18 18 250 2 4 8 11 11 400 1 3 5 8 8 1000 1 2 3 3 High pressure sodium (with compensation) 70 6 9 18 25 25 150 6 9 18 25 25 250 2 4 8 12 12 400 2 3 6 9 9 1000 1 2 4 6 6 To obtain the maximum number of lamps on three phase four wire circuits, multiply the maximum number of lights for single phase by three. For three phase, three wire, the following formula must be applied Single phase quantity X 3 1,732 Table 4: Utility motors Type of motor (AC7b category) 230/240V 400/415V Maximum power (kW) for a given rating Contactor rating (A) 16 25 40 63 100 1.4 2.5 4 4 4 7.5 15 15

151

Time delay contactor auxiliary
ACTt
ACTt ■ 4 types of delay: ■ Type A time delay puts back loads energisation ■ Type B time delay energises a load for a given time, once the control contact has closed (push button) ■ Type C time delay extends load energisation ■ Type H time delay energises a load for a given time, as log as the control contact remains closed ■ Time delay range: 1s - 10h ■ Accuracy:+/- 0.5%

Type A The single time delay cycle begins on energisation and the load is energised at the end of time delay T
L S A1 1

Type B The single time delay cycle begins when the control contact is closed
L

A1

1

S
ACTt CT
ACTt CT

U (A1 A 2) 0 BP
A2

0

CT
A2 N 2 Load
BP

B2 Y 1

CT
B 1 2 Load

t T
N

t T

Type C The single time delay cycle begins when the control contact is (pushbutton) is released, at the end of time delay T, the load is de-energised again
L

Type D The single time delay cycle begins on energisation. the load is de-energised again at the end of time delay T or when the control contact is released
L

A1

1

S A1
U (A1 A2) 0
ACTt CT

1
S

ACTt

CT

A2 BP Y 1

BP

0

B2
B 1 2 Load

A2
CT

CT t T

2 Load N
t

N

T

152

TL impulse relays
Practical advice
The table below indicates the maximum power rating of a number of lamps that can be installed on impulse relay controlled 240V single phase circuit. For other voltages please consult us.

impulse relay max power (W) Impulse relay rating Lighting Incandescent Tungsten filament (240 V) lighting 16A 32A

40 40 106

60 25 66

75 20 53 500 3 8 50 28 74 18 70 186

100 16 42 1000 1 4 75 19 50 36 35 93 36 25 66 2x36 28 74 32 40 106 2x32 20 53 135 10 26 400 3 8

200 W 8 21 1500 W 1 2 100 W 14 37 58 W 21 55 58W 16 42 2x58W 17 45 50W 26 69 2x50W 13 34 180 W 7 18 1000 W 1 3

1600 4260

With halogen (240 V) 300 5 13 VLV halogen lighting (12 or 24 V with transformer) 20 70 180 Single with starter (non compensated) 1500 4000

1400 3700

Fluorescent lighting

1300 3400

Single with starter (compensated) 18 50 133 Double with series compensated starter 2x18 56 148 Single HF ballast 16 80 212 Double HF ballast 2x16 40 106 Discharge lamps Low pressure sodium vapour 55 24 63 High pressure sodium vapour or metal halide 250 5 13 1300 3400 90 15 40 1300 3400 1300 3400 1300 3400 2000 5300 930 2400

153

Lighting management MIN and PRE
Operation diagrams
MIN timer ■ Time delay of 1 - 7 min ■ Pressing one of the push buttons again restarts the timer ■ Continuous mode by pressing switch (S) on front face
<2s BP <2s S

UZ t t

UZ

MINe timer ■ Time delay of 3 or 20 min ■ Pressing one of the push buttons again restarts the timer

<2s BP

<2s

UZ 3 min 20 min

MINs timer ■ Time delay of 30s - 8 min ■ Pressing one of the push buttons again restarts the timer ■ Continuous mode by pressing switch (S) on front face

<2s BP

<2s S

UZ t 20 min

UZ

PRE switch off warning ■ Switch off warning (P) of 20 - 40 s 50% reduction in luminous flux
50% UZ

P

Key S: Switch on front face T: Time delay P: Switch off warning

154

Movement detector
CE30
Function The CE30 controls switching on and off of lighting by detection of movements of people and according to ambient brightness. The CE30 controls switching on of lighting if a movement is detected and if the ambient brightness is less than the pre-set threshold. After the last movement detected, it controls switching off of lighting on completion of a time delay that can be set beforehand. Data ■ Power supply: 230V +/- 10%, 50 - 60Hz ■ Detection angle: 20° ■ Configuration of detection angle by cover cut out ■ Range: 30m ■ Setting of the brightness threshold for lighting control: 5 - 300lux ■ Setting of the time delay between the last movement detected and switching off of lighting: 40 seconds - 8 minutes ■ Output contact: ■ 10A cos Ø = 1 ■ 5A cos Ø = 0.5 ■ Incandescent lights: relays compulsory ■ Degree of protection: IP43 ■ Connection: 1.05mm2 spring tunnel type terminals ■ Consumption : < 1W ■ Operating temperature: -25 to +55°C ■ Approvals: VDE-SEMKO-KEMA-KEUR

m 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 m

5 beams

1 beam

110˚

20˚

2.5 m

0 1

3

12

16 20

24

29 30 m

0

4

8

12

18

20 24

28 30m

L N

L

N

155

Movement detector
CDM
Function The CDM controls switching on and off of lighting by detection of movements of people and according to ambient brightness. The CDM controls switching on of lighting if a movement is detected and if the ambient brightness is less than the pre-set threshold. After the last movement detected, it controls switching off of lighting on completion of a time delay that can be set beforehand. Data ■ Power supply: 230 V -10% +6%, 50 - 60Hz ■ Detection angle: 0° - 180º ■ Configuration of detection angle by cover cut-out ■ Range; 0 - 12 m according to slope adjustment ■ Setting of the brightness threshold for lighting control: 3 - 80 lux ■ Setting of the time delay between the last movement detected and switching off of lighting: 4 seconds - 15 minutes ■ Lighting power ■ Incandescent lights: 1000 W max ■ Halogen lamps: 500 W max ■ Fluorescent and fluocompact lights: relays compulsory. ■ Degree of protection: IP54 ■ Connection: screw terminals up to 205 mm2 ■ Consumption: 1.1 VA ■ Operating temperature: -25 to +50 º C ■ Approvals: VDE-SEMKO-KEMA-KEUR

m 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 m 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 m 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12m 180˚ 2.5 m

L N

L

N

156

Presence detector
CDP
Function The CDP controls switching on and off lighting according to the presence of a person and ambient brightness. It allows detection: ■ ■ Of presence (zone A), the system detects the slightest motions, Of movements (zone B), the system detects movements.

The CDP controls switching on if presence is detected and if ambient brightness is less than the set threshold. It controls switching off of lighting if the outside light becomes greater the the threshold, even in the event of movement. Data ■ Power supply: 230 V +/- 10%, 50 Hz ■ Detection angle: Horizontal 360º, vertical 180º ■ Recommended floor/ceiling clearance: 2.2 - 3 m ■ Maximum range for recommended clearance: ■ 4m diameter presence detection zone (small motions) ■ 24m diameter movement detection zone (movements) ■ Setting the brightness threshold for lighting control: 20 - 1300 lux ■ Setting the time delay between the last movement detected and switch off of lighting: 4 - 15 min ■ Lighting power ■ incandescent lights: 2000W max ■ LV halogen lights (230V) and ELV (12V): 1000W max ■ Fluorescent lights with conventional ballast: 1000W max (cos Ø = 0.5) ■ Fluorescent lights with parallel corrected ballast: 500W max ( cos Ø = 0.5) ■ Degree of protection: IP20 ■ Operating temperature: -25ºC to +55ºC ■ Storage temperature: -25ºC to +70ºC ■ Weight: 144g ■ Dimensions: ■ Diameter; 120mm ■ Height: 70mm ■ Fixing centre distance: 81mm

12 m B

2m

1m

360 0 A

1m

2m B

12 m

L N

CDP

N L L

157

Presence detector
CDPt
Function The CDpt reserved for installations with 1 - 10V control ballast, regulates lighting intensity according to the presence of a person and ambient lighting. It maintains ambient brightness at a level set by lighting variation. The TDP remote control allows manual monitoring of lighting independently of detector settings. It allows detection ■ ■ Of presence (zone A) the system detects the slightest motions Of movements (zone B), the system detects movements

Data ■ Power supply: 230V +/- 10%, 50Hz ■ Detection angle:horizontal 360º, vertical 180º ■ Recommended floor/ceiling clearance: 2.5 - 3m ■ Maximum range for recommended clearance: ■ 4m diameter motion detection zone (small motions) ■ 24m diameter movement detection zone (movements) ■ Setting the brightness threshold for lighting control: 100 - 1300 lux ■ Setting the time delay between the last movement detected and switch off of lighting: 4 - 15 min ■ Lighting power(max. number of 1 - 10V ballasts) ■ 16 x (1 x 36W) ■ 12 x (1 x 58W) ■ 12 x (2 x 36W) ■ 8 x (2 x 58W) ■ Degree of protection: IP20 ■ Operating temperature: -15ºC to +55ºC ■ Storage temperature: -25ºC to +70 ºC ■ Weight: 144g ■ Dimensions: ■ Diameter: 120mm ■ Height: 70mm ■ Fixing centre distance: 81mm ■ Remote control (TDP) ■ Range: 4m ■ Power supply: 2 xLR03-1.5V batteries (not supplied)

12 m B

2m

1m

360 0 A

1m

2m B

12 m

L N
1-10 V CDPt

N L L

158

PM9 multimeter
Connection
Three phase network + neutral: 3 x 230/400V
N L1 L2 L3

Three phase network: 3 x 400V
L1 L2 L3

230V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1 1

12

13

14

15 16

17 18

10

1 1

12

13

14

15 16

17 18

P1

S1 S2 P1 S1 S2 P1 S1 S2

P1

S1 S2 P1 S1 S2 P1 S1 S2

P2

P2

P2

P2

P2

P2

Three phase network: 3 x 230V
L1 L2 L3

Three phase network with or without neutral greater than 400V
TT (VT) x 230V L3

L2 L1 N

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1 1

12

13

14

15 16

17 18

P1

S1 S2 P1 S1
10 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

P2

P2

S2 P1

S1 S2

L1 L2 L3

P2

Caution ■ Do not earth the CT secondary (S2)

■ ■

P1

S1 S2

The measurements require use of voltage transformers (VT) with a 230V secondary It is essential to comply with routing direction of power cables in the current transformer primary. The cables enter in P1 and leave in P2 in the direction of the loads

P2

■ ■

Networks greater than 5A: Measurements require use of current transformers with a 5A secondary

!

159

PowerLogic:
Power meter series PM700
4 wire connection with 3 CT’s and no VT

PM700 PM700

3 wire connection with 2 CT’s and 2 VT’s

PM700 PM700

160

TI current tranformers
Choosing a current transformer
Choosing a current transformer2 criteria exist for choosing a TI: ■ The Ip/5A ratio ■ The type of installation The Ip/5A ratio: It is recommended that a ratio immediately superior to the measured current (In) be chosen. Ex: In = 1103 A; ratio chosen: 1250/5 Type of installation: Which TI model to choose depends on the type of installation: ■ Insulated cables ■ Prisma vertical busbars ■ Insulated flexible busbars ■ Linergy vertical busbars ■ Rigid busbars Important warning: Never open the secondary circuit of a current transformer while the primary circuit is energised. Before any kind of maintenance service on the secondary circuit, the secondary terminals on the transformer must be short circuited. Determining the accuracy class of a TI: The accuracy class is a function of the transformer’s power and the consumption of the the weighing system. The latter takes device and cable consumption into account. For a given accuracy class, consumption of the weighing system must not exceed the power on the TI transformer.

Primary copper Power in VA cable cross section doubled meter at in mm2 200C 1 1 1.5 0.685 2.5 0.41 4 0.254 6 0.169 10 0.0975 For each temperation variation of 100C, the power absorbed by the cables rises by 4% Merlin Gerin device Ammeter 72 x 72 Analogue ammeter Ammeter Digipact IM100 Digital ammeter PM measurement centre CDS RCI CE tri CEr tri Varlogic regulator Example Consumption of a weighing system CDS Digital ammeter 2 meters of doubled wire 2.5mm2 Weighing system consumption at 200C 0.25VA + 0.30VA + 0.82VA = 1.37VA Consumption (VA) 0.75 1.25 0.5 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.5 1 1 0.7

The accuracy class of the TI is deduced: ■ Class 3 for a TI with a ratio of 50/5 ■ Class 0.5 for a TI with a ratio of 100/5 ■ Class 0.5 for a TI with a ratio of 125/5

161

162

Dimensions
Type A distribution board Type B distribution board Heavy duty distribution board Single phase type P&PS pan assembly Three phase type P pan assembly B series enclosure Three phase type PS pan assembly Three phase type E pan assembly MCB and accessories Local control devices Remote control devices Time management Lighting management Metering and measurement Heating management Mini Opale enclosures G9 enclosures Modular enclosures Kaedra enclosures Pragma C IP40 UT enclosures Prisma GK enclosures Pragma C IP55 enclosures UP enclosures

Section eight
164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 - 177 179 180 - 181 182 183 184 - 187 188 189 189 189 190 191 192 193 194 195
163

Dimensions (mm)
A type distribution boards
Part No. MGAN6 MGAN9, MGAN42SL MGAN12, MGAN46DS, MGAN416/96MS MGAN15, MGAN66/76DS, MGAN48/66DS, MGAN520/716/912/1010/126MS, MGAN23, MGAN1228MS (two row unit) 450 370 264 494 A 260 315 370 B 264 264 264

60

60

NEUTRAL COVER

NEUTRAL COVER
ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL

NEUTRAL COVER
ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL

NEUTRAL COVER
ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL

NEUTRAL COVER
ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL

18

NEUTRAL CONNECTION COVER
ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL

ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL

N

L

B

31

3

A 96

25

A 3 3

Key hole slot dimensions

Datum 12 ø6.25

Ø32

Ø25

Ø20 ø13

A series enclosure Part No. MGAN16DE MGAN22DE MGAN28DE MGAN34DE MGAN56DE*
* 2 row enclosure

A 260 315 370 450 370

B 264 264 264 264 494

All other dimensions as A type distribution board

164

Dimensions (mm)
B type distribution boards
Part No. MGBN4,MGBN6 MGBN8 MGBN12 MGAN16, MGAN18 MGAN24 A 484 538 700 808 970 B 386 440 602 710 872

165

Dimensions (mm)
Heavy duty distribution board (100A) IP55 weatherproof
Part No. MGBN6HDGK MGBN8HDGK MGBN12HDGK MGBN16HDGK No. of outgoing ways 6 8 12 16 Dimensions (mm) Height Width 650 600 650 600 850 600 850 600 Depth 290* 290* 290* 290*

* Denotes the maximum depth dimensions with key fitted.

ø12

ø7

10 10

575/ 775 max.

700/ 900 max.

M8

525 625

B board extension box enclosures
Part No. MGBNEXN MGBNEX034N MGBNKWH MGBNEXA15N MGBN100CCI MGBNDSI A 124 140 124 140 140 124

60 65

60

270

65

470

A

166

Dimensions (mm)
Single phase type P & PS
Reference MGAN6P/PS MGAN9P/PS MGAN12P/PS MGAN15P/PS A 196 250 304 358 B 182 236 290 344 C 145 199 253 307 D 70.12 70.12 70.12 97.12 E 70.12 36.01 108.01 108.01 F 70.12 70.12 97.12 G 18.5 27.5 18.5 18.5

B
NEUTRAL COVER
NEUTRAL CONNECTION COVER
ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL

A

62 23.5
NEUTRAL COVER
ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL

NEUTRAL COVER
ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL

NEUTRAL COVER
ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL

NEUTRAL COVER
ISOLATE SUPPLY BEFORE REMOVAL

N

L

75

121.7

X

88 C 28 Front cover

X

COVER CUTOUT
18.5

46

Fixing details
G D E F

5.3 4.2

X B

167

Dimensions (mm)
Three phase type E
Part No. MGBN4E MGBN6E MGBN8E MGBN12E MGBN16E MGBN18E MGBN24E A 325 400 450 550 650 725 875 B 346 421 471 571 671 746 896

Dimension A

87.00

21.60

250A 125A

87.00 152.00

250.00

Inside of cover

Incoming device cut-out centre

Dimension B

168

106.86

350.00

Dimensions (mm)
B series enclosures IP31
Part No. MGBN4SXS/SXP MGBN8SXS/SXP MGBN12SXS/SXP MGBN16SXS/SXP MGBN24SXS/SXP A 484 538 700 808 970

45

380

45

140

45

3 A

45

450

Key hole slot dimensions

Datum 12 ø6.5

ø13

169

Dimensions (mm)
Three phase type PS
Reference
MGBN4PS MGBN6PS MGBN8PS MGBN12PS MGBN16PS MGBN18PS MGBN24PS

Length
108.0 162.0 216.0 324.0 432.0 486.0 648.0 1 x 4 way 1 x 6 way 2 x 4 way 2 x 6 way 2 x 6 way + 1 x 4 way 3 x 6 way 4 x 6 way

Reference A
MGBN4PS MGBN6PS MGBN8PS 99.58 153.52 99.52

B

C

D

E

F

G

108.0

99.52 153.52 153.52 324.0 153.52 324.0 153.52 324.0 99.52 153.52 153.52 486.0 153.52

MGBN12PS 153.52 162.0 MGBN16PS 153.52 162.0 MGBN18PS 153.52 162.0 MGBN24PS 153.52 162.0

204.2

78.8

6.5

183.70

Fixing holes for M4 screws

Length

4 Way Assembly A
C F

Length

A
D 13.00 89.76 170.70 13.00

E

G

6 Way Assembly

170

A

B

Dimensions (mm)
Three phase type EV
Part No.
MGBN4EV MGBN6EV MGBN8EV MGBN12EV MGBN16EV MGBN18EV MGBN24EV

A
325 400 450 550 650 725 875

B
346 421 471 571 671 746 896

Dimension A

87.00

21.60

250A 125A

87.00 152.00

250.00

Inside of cover

Incoming device cut-out centre

Dimension B

106.86

171

350.00

Dimensions (mm)

C60/RMG/MGV/DPN/DPN+Vigi
A D B E

G

45

F

Part No.

Description

Width A in 18mm SP ways

B 1P

B 2P

B 3P

B 4P

D

E

F

G

C60+any code RMG+any code MGV+any code DPN DPN+Vigi

Miniature circuit breakers Residual current devices Vigi rcd for C60H MCBs 1Ph+N MCB 1Ph+N RCBO

1,2,3,4 2,4 1 2

70 69 70 70

18

36 36 36

54

72 72 72

18 36

60 60 60 60 60

44 44 44 44 44

76 76 75 75 75

81 81 81 81 81

OF, SD, OF+SD/OF, MX, MN auxiliaries for C60H, C60H RCBOs

TM C60 auxiliaries

C60 RCBO

172

Dimensions (mm)
C120 and Vigi circuit breakers
Miniature circuit breakers

Vigi

Tm C120 auxiliaries

OF, SD, OF+SD/OF, MX, MN auxiliaries

Terminal shield

Screw shield

Inter-pole barriers

Plug in base

173

Dimensions (mm)
TMC60 auxiliaries and C60H RCBO
TM C60 auxiliaries

C60H RCBO

174

Dimensions (mm)
P25M circuit breakers Vigi circuit breakers
P25M circuit breaker OF, MX, MN auxiliaries Limiter block

Insulated enclosure

Vigi circuit breakers
DPN and DPN N circuit breakers DPN vigi and DPN n vigi circuit breakers

175

Dimensions (mm)
NG125 circuit breakers
NG125 circuit breakers Screw shield

Rotary handle
80mm Min. 300m Max. 75

Terminal shield

75

Distribloc

MN, MX, OF and SD

176

Dimensions (mm)
NG125 Vigi
NG125 Vigi circuit breakers

Screw shield

177

Dimensions (mm)
Local control
I switch disconnectors
20 and 32A 40 - 125A

NO, NF auxiliaries

Bell and safety transformers

SO bell and RO buzzer

15213, 15216

15212, 15218, 15219, 15220, 15222

15320, 15321, 15322, 15323

V indicator lights

BP pushbuttons

CM selector switches
10

178

Dimensions (mm)
Local control
PF8, PF30 and PF30r

PF65r

PRD

XB device holder

179

Dimensions (mm)
Remote control
16/25A contactors

40/63A contactors

100A contactors

CT contactors with manual operating mechanism
16/25A contactors

3P

4P

40/63A contactors

180

Dimensions (mm)
Remote control
Add-on auxiliaries
ACTo+f, ACTt and ACTp

Relays and extensions
RLI changeover relay RBN low level relay

ERL extension

Impulse relays
TL and ETL extensions

Impulse relays
ATLc+s add-on auxiliaries

RT, etc. time delay relays

181

Dimensions (mm)
Time management
Time switches
IH time switch 24 hours IH time switch 60 min, 24h, 24h+7d, 7d

IHP programmable time switches
15720, 15721, 15722, 15723

ITM multifunction time switch

182

Dimensions (mm)
Lighting management
Timer and switch off warning
MIN timers 15231, 15232, 15363 and PRE timer 15233

IC light sensitive switches
IC200, IC2000 and IC2000P

IC200

IC2000

IC2000P

Front face and wall mounted cells

CDM and CE30 movement detection control switches
CE

CDP, CDPt and TDP

CDM

CDP, CDPt

TDP

183

Dimensions (mm)
Metering and measurement
CE and CEr kilowatt hour meters
53

CI/CH counters

90

ME3, ME4 watt hour meters

ME1 watt hour meters

Digital VLT and AMP

Analogue VLT and AMP

CMA and CMV

CME

PM9 multimeter

184

PowerLogic:
Power meter series PM700
Front panel mounting

185

PowerLogic:
Power meter series PM700
Series PM700 dimensions

186

Dimensions (mm)
Metering and measurement
16500 - 16506 and 16541 - 16456 16509 - 16515 and 16459 - 16465

16518 - 16521 and 16468 - 16471

16523 - 16524 and 16473 - 16474

16526 - 16535 and 16476 - 16483

16537 - 16538

16548 - 16549

16540 - 16544

16545 - 16547

187

Dimensions (mm)
Heating management
TH thermostats
TH3 thermostat TH6 thermostat

Ambient temp probe (15846)

Outdoor temp probe (15847)

17

61 59

53

25

44

29

188

Dimensions (mm)
Enclosures, Mini Opale, G9
Mini Opale enclosures
Part No. 13392 13394 13396 13398 H 130 130 160 160 W 44 80 119 155 D 57 57 65 65 A 36 72 108 151 B 65 65 80 80 E 11 11 19 19

B H 44 A W B
E

D

G9 enclosures
122.5 A 20
27.5 77

63

101
50.5 50.5

Part No. 14599 14603

A 72 99

46 210

46

200

77 27.5 25
32.5

20 5

50

25

36 32.5

63

14599/14603

99560

189

Dimensions (mm)
Weatherproof Kaedra IP65
Front view Side view Position of DIN rail
47.5

43.5

41.5

200 35.5 39.3

70 L 3.5 111.5 18.5 ø22.8

Wall mounting 4 modules

8 and 12 modules Number of modules 4 8 12
140 140

A 88 160

L 123 195 267

30 = = = = A = =

30

190

Dimensions (mm)
Pragma C IP40 enclosures
275 234 216 270 105 135 150 42 70 136 65

70

125 46 H 65 A

125

118

43

115 275

25 230

24 136

47.5 72 252 53.5 752 59.5 84 125 35 35 35 35 35 65.5 90 32 25 125 20 16 78

250

Number of ranges 1 10901/10911 2 10902/10912 3 10903/10913 4 10904/10914

A 105 230 455 610

H 250 375 500 752

65

191

Dimensions (mm)
UT enclosures IP54
N1 45 13 P1

G

P

24

9

24

Q1

36 F 42

12 25 C

P2 P3 15

L

100 25

25 25

I

25

45 D N2

M3 H J

ø10 100 Q2 M

B

Q N3

A

45

45 ø9

N

45

Q3

K

Encl. ref. 04583 04584 04585 04586 04587 04588 04590

Weight (kg) 3 6.5 9.5 10 15 20 35

Ext. dimensions (mm) Internal area H 300 400 500 600 700 800 1000 W 250 300 400 400 500 600 800 D 150 200 200 200 200 250 250 A 205 255 355 355 455 555 755 B 255 355 455 555 655 755 955

Useable area on Cable space Wall fixings door * 2 Gland plates C 150 200 300 300 400 500 700 D 240 340 440 540 640 740 940 F 180 216 315 315 315 315 315* G 62 62 120 120 120 120 120* I 200 250 350 350 450 550 750 J 250 350 450 550 650 750 950 K 308 358 458 458 558 658 858 M 358 458 558 658 758 858 1058

Chassis fixings N 175 225 325 325 425 525 725 Q 235 325 425 525 625 725 925

Encl. ref. 04583 04584 04585 04586 04587 04588 04590

Available depth P1 104 164 164 164 164 224 224 P2 95 155 155 155 155 215 215 P3 89 149 149 149 149 179 179

Chassis and mounting plates N1 235 335 335 435 535 735 Q1 340 440 540 640 740 940 N2 194 254 344 344 434 534 734 Q2 229 334 442 547 647 747 937 N3 200 250 350 350 450 550 750 Q3 250 350 450 550 650 750 950

192

Dimensions (mm)
Prisma GK IP55
Enclosure
Number of modules 7 11 15 19 23 27 33 H1 425 625 825 1025 1225 1425 1725 A 375 575 775 975 1175 1375 1675 B 475 675 875 1075 1275 1475 1775

25

25

25

H1 M8 M6 A B ø12

25

450 25 575 525 650

230 260

30 570 600

Doors
Number of modules 7 11 15 19 23 27 33 C 420 620 820 1020 1220 1420 1720 D 200 400 600 800 E 284 484 684 884 1084 1284 1584 H 450 650 850 1050 1250 1450 1750

68

68 E D E = 68 60 210 95 60 320/570 600 420 68 420 320/570 55 600 C H C H =

7 modules

11 - 23 modules

193

Dimensions (mm)
Pragma C IP55 enclosures
285 2.1 216 127.5

47 148.5

125

H

46

ø30

26

285 230

70 148.5

Number of ranges 1 10941 2 10942 3 10943 4 10944

A 150 275 400 525

H 279 404 529 654

20 125 A 35 3 x 29

8 x ø23 62.5 4 x ø29 167

59.5

Adjustable DIN rail height within the enclosure

39

39

X2 X1 47.5 72

X1 = 47.5 X2 = 71.5

194

Dimensions (mm)
UP IP66 enclosures
Part No. 02504/02514 02505/02515 02506/02516 02507/02517 02508/02518 H 400 500 600 700 800 L 300 400 400 500 600 P 200 200 250 300 300 J 375 475 575 675 775 K 150 250 250 350 450 A 325 425 525 625 725 I 225 325 325 425 525 F 380 480 580 680 780 G 260 360 360 460 560 C 137 112 170 145 195

ø8

M8

A

F

H

J

I L K G P

M

195

196

Schneider Electric Overview

Section nine

197

Schneider Electric
An overview
Schneider Electrics expertise is founded on its three international brands – Merlin Gerin, Square D and Telemecanique.
With over 100 years experience in the electrical industry, Schneider Electric has established itself as a world and UK leader in the supply and manufacture of products for the distribution, monitoring and control of electrical power. Schneider Electric regards its customers as commercial partners, who, like us, demand the highest standards of excellence in terms of products, projects and services. Schneider Electric is proud to provide the solutions to meet their needs.

Schneider Electric operates the largest, dedicated sales force in the UK electrical industry.
Sales engineers have specialist expertise and an understanding of the customer needs within each of the following market sectors: ■ Building systems and solutions ■ Industrial systems and solutions ■ Energy and infrastructure systems and solutions

198

Schneider Electric
An overview Building systems and solutions
The real reason for putting technology into buildings is to simplify tasks, enhance safety and improve the quality of life.
Schneider Electric knows this and has created attractive, functional products for the residential building sector. Well being comfort and entertainment are key concepts in this area.

The same objectives apply to commercial buildings such as offices, hotels, shopping centres, hospitals, schools and care facilities for the elderly. Schneider Electric offer a wide range of solutions in the area of building management services and uses its expertise in all of these buildings to protect people and equipment.

Schneider Electric means greater comfort, lower operating costs and enhanced safety.
Related industries ■ Retail ■ Education ■ Health ■ Entertainment centres ■ Offices ■ Warehouses ■ Agriculture ■ Factory ■ Private residential ■ Public residential Principal customers in the construction market ■ Contracting authorities ■ Main contractors ■ Building engineers

199

Schneider Electric
An overview Industrial systems and solutions
Schneider Electric focus on performance in all areas of industry.
Our products and services adapt to each specific business and environment, from discrete manufacturing and production lines to continuous processes in a wide variety of industries such as: ■ Automotive ■ Food and beverage ■ Pharmaceuticals ■ Construction materials ■ Waste management

Across a wide range of applications including:
■ Conveyors ■ Packaging ■ Materials handling ■ Hoisting

200

Schneider Electric
An overview Energy infrastructure systems and solutions
Schneider Electric is involved in the entire electrical distribution chain from power plants to end users. Customer demand for complete availability, uncompromising quality and absolute safety has made the search for excellence our key mission.
Today, electrical substation and network protection, monitoring and control are highly effective in reducing outage time. Proven technologies offer a wide range of simple, efficient and flexible solutions for optimised, step by step investments.

Infrastructure
Schneider Electric is involved in developing infrastructure and transportation systems around the world. In areas where no failures can be tolerated, such as road and rail equipment, harbour installations and airports, Schneider Electric provides solutions in electrical distribution, control and monitoring, automation and supervision.

Key markets ■ Electricity distribution ■ Water ■ Rail ■ Airports ■ Seaports ■ Defence ■ Gas ■ Telecommunications ■ Road Principal customers in the electric power market ■ Power suppliers involved in generation and distribution ■ Utility companies ■ Major contractors ■ Large end user sites ■ Government departments

201

Schneider Electric
An overview Projects & Services - delivering tailored solutions for your business
We provide solutions enabling you to reduce the total cost and lifetime ownership risk of your electrical distribution and automation systems, whilst fulfiling your ongoing quality, safety and environmental obligations.
Choice of services
Our services aim to add value to each project phase, but the choice of services you use is entirely yours. You may want a full set of services that together provide a package of support covering the entire lifecycle of your project, or you can select a combination of services to complement your resources or knowledge. If you are not sure of what you need, our consultation services will help you to define the parameters of your solution.

co

lt n s u at i o
n
desi gn

Consultation
These services provide you with an assured way to road map your project. We take your ideas and requirements and apply our wide range of application experience and technical competence to produce conceptual designs and indicative costings.

tr ainin

g

Proj e

ct

s & Se
rv

ic es

rnisation

Design
Using the analysis from the consultation phase, or information that you may provide, the design phase selects the most suitable equipment and provides detailed drawings and technical specifications.

i mp

Implementation
This is often the most time-pressured stage of a project when schedules demand fast implementation and commissioning. These services provide high quality installation and commissioning, preceded by thorough preparation.

ope

ration

Operation
Efficient operation is vital to derive the best value from your investment. These services ensure that installations achieve the highest operational efficiency and are cost effectively maintained with minimum downtime.

Modernisation
Faulty or ageing equipment can be refurbished and repaired if this is the most cost effective action.

Training
A wide range of training services are available including product standards and legislation. Each is regularly updated to stay current with the latest technology. Training can be delivered at a Schneider Electric training facility, or at a customer’s own site.

202

em

l

entat ion

mo

de

Comprehensive quick reference index Section ten

Note For items without a page number please see MGD5336* This contains information on MCCB connection systems 15 - 2000A. Please visit www.schneider.co.uk to download the relevant information. *This reference will change after October 2005 to MGLV5751

203

Index
By part number
Part Description Page No. Part Description Page No.

BP C60HB101 C60HB102 C60HB104 C60HB106 C60HB110 C60HB116 C60HB120 C60HB125 C60HB132 C60HB140 C60HB150 C60HB163 C60HB201 C60HB202 C60HB204 C60HB206 C60HB210 C60HB216 C60HB220 C60HB225 C60HB232 C60HB240 C60HB250 C60HB263 C60HB301 C60HB302 C60HB304 C60HB306 C60HB310 C60HB316 C60HB320 C60HB325 C60HB332 C60HB340 C60HB350 C60HB363 C60HB401 C60HB402 C60HB404 C60HB406 C60HB410 C60HB416 C60HB420 C60HB425 C60HB432 C60HB440 C60HB450 C60HB463 C60HC101 C60HC102 C60HC104 C60HC106 C60HC10R100 C60HC10R30 C60HC10RA30 C60HC110 C60HC116 C60HC120 C60HC125 C60HC132 C60HC140 C60HC150 C60HC163 C60HC16R100 C60HC16R30 C60HC16RA30 C60HC201 C60HC202 C60HC204 C60HC206 C60HC20R100 C60HC20R30 C60HC20RA30 C60HC210 C60HC216 C60HC220 C60HC225 C60HC232 C60HC240 C60HC250 C60HC263 C60HC301

5 blanking plates 1P 1A mcb type B 1P 2A mcb type B 1P 4A mcb type B 1P 6A mcb type B 1P 10A mcb type B 1P 16A mcb type B 1P 20A mcb type B 1P 25A mcb type B 1P 32A mcb type B 1P 40A mcb type B 1P 50A mcb type B 1P 63A mcb type B 2P 1A mcb type B 2P 2A mcb type B 2P 4A mcb type B 2P 6A mcb type B 2P 10A mcb type B 2P 16A mcb type B 2P 20A mcb type B 2P 25A mcb type B 2P 32A mcb type B 2P 40A mcb type B 2P 50A mcb type B 2P 63A mcb type B 3P 1A mcb type B 3P 2A mcb type B 3P 4A mcb type B 3P 6A mcb type B 3P 10A mcb type B 3P 16A mcb type B 3P 20A mcb type B 3P 25A mcb type B 3P 32A mcb type B 3P 40A mcb type B 3P 50A mcb type B 3P 63A mcb type B 4P 1A mcb type B 4P 2A mcb type B 4P 4A mcb type B 4P 6A mcb type B 4P 10A mcb type B 4P 16A mcb type B 4P 20A mcb type B 4P 25A mcb type B 4P 32A mcb type B 4P 40A mcb type B 4P 50A mcb type B 4P 63A mcb type B 1P 1A mcb type C 1P 2A mcb type C 1P 4A mcb type C 1P 6A mcb type C RCBO 10A 100MA Type C RCBO 10A 30MA Type C RCBO 10A 30mA Class A Type C 1P 10A mcb type C 1P 16A mcb type C 1P 20A mcb type C 1P 25A mcb type C 1P 32A mcb type C 1P 40A mcb type C 1P 50A mcb type C 1P 63A mcb type C RCBO 16A 100MA TypeC RCBO 16A 30MA Type C RCBO 16A 30mA Class A Type C 2P 1A mcb type C 2P 2A mcb type C 2P 4A mcb type C 2P 6A mcb type C RCBO 20A 100MA Type C RCBO 20A 30MA Type C RCBO 20A 30mA Class A Type C 2P 10A mcb type C 2P 16A mcb type C 2P 20A mcb type C 2P 25A mcb type C 2P 32A mcb type C 2P 40A mcb type C 2P 50A mcb type C 2P 63A mcb type C 3P 1A mcb type C

11,18 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 24 24 24 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 24 24 24 22 22 22 22 24 24 24 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22

C60HC302 C60HC304 C60HC306 C60HC310 C60HC316 C60HC320 C60HC325 C60HC32R100 C60HC32R30 C60HC32RA30 C60HC332 C60HC340 C60HC350 C60HC363 C60HC45R100 C60HC45R30 C60HC45RA30 C60HC6R100 C60HC6R30 C60HD101 C60HD102 C60HD104 C60HD106 C60HD110 C60HD116 C60HD120 C60HD125 C60HD132 C60HD140 C60HD150 C60HD163 C60HD201 C60HD202 C60HD204 C60HD206 C60HD210 C60HD216 C60HD220 C60HD225 C60HD232 C60HD240 C60HD250 C60HD263 C60HD301 C60HD302 C60HD304 C60HD306 C60HD310 C60HD316 C60HD320 C60HD325 C60HD332 C60HD340 C60HD350 C60HD363 MBBN24C MG125SPEV MG12EE MG16C14 MG16C14T MG16CEM4 MG16CEX4 MG18EE MG24EE MG250SPEV MG25C2 MG25C2M MG25C4 MG25C4M MG25EXC MG25FCC2 MG25FCC4 MG2C13 MG2C250FS MG2C5 MG2C7 MG2C9 MG36EE MG48EE MG54EE MG64M MG66M MG6C12

3P 2A mcb type C 3P 4A mcb type C 3P 6A mcb type C 3P 10A mcb type C 3P 16A mcb type C 3P 20A mcb type C 3P 25A mcb type C RCBO 32A 100mA Type C RCBO 32A 30mA Type C RCBO 32A 30mA Class A Type C 3P 32A mcb type C 3P 40A mcb type C 3P 50A mcb type C 3P 63A mcb type C RCBO 45A 100mA Type C RCBO 45A 30mA Type C RCBO 45A 30mA Class A Type C RCBO 6A 100mA Type C RCBO 6A 30mA Type C 1P 1A mcb type D 1P 2A mcb type C 1P 4A mcb type C 1P 6A mcb type C 1P 10A mcb type C 1P 16A mcb type C 1P 20A mcb type C 1P 25A mcb type C 1P 32A mcb type C 1P 40A mcb type C 1P 50A mcb type C 1P 63A mcb type C 2P 1A mcb type C 2P 2A MCB 2P 4A MCB 2P 6A MCB 2P 10A MCB 2P 16A MCB 2P 20A MCB 2P 25A MCB 2P 32A MCB 2P 40A MCB 2P 50A MCB 2P 63A MCB 3P 1A MCB 3P 2A MCB 3P 4A MCB 3P 6A MCB 3P 10A MCB 3P 16A MCB 3P 20A MCB 3P 25A MCB 3P 32A MCB 3P 40A MCB 3P 50A MCB 3P 63A MCB Door and cover for MGB24N 125A single phasing kit 12 way extra earth bar Powerpact 4 1600A 14 way Panelboard Powerpact 4 1600A 14 way Panelboard- top entry Powerpact 4 side extension panel 400W Powerpact 4 side extension panel 400W with metering facility 18 way extra earth bar 24 way extra earth bar 250A single phasing kit Powerboard 250A 9 SP ways Powerboard 250A 9 SP ways with metering facility Powerboard 250A 13 SP ways Powerboard 250A 13 SP ways with metering facility Panelboard extension box for MG25P2 Powerpact 4 door & cover 9 way Powerpact 4 door & cover 13 way Panelboard 250A 13 way Powerpact 4 fuse incomer for 250A Panelboard 250A 5 way Panelboard 250A 7 way Panelboard 250A 9 way 36 way extra earth bar 48 way extra earth bar 54 way extra earth bar Powerpact 4 400A metering kit Powerpact 4 630A metering kit Panelboard 630A 36 SP ways

22 22 22 22 22 22 22 24 24 24 22 22 22 22 24 24 24 24 24 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 20 19 16

16 16 19

16 16 16

204

Index
By part number
Part Description Page No. Part Description Page No.

MG6C18 MG6C6 MG6CEX MG6FCC12 MG6FCC18 MG6FCC6 MG6PAC12 MG6PAC18 MG6PAC24 MG6PAC30 MG6PAC6 MG6PACN MG6PAFC12 MG6PAFC18 MG6PAFC6 MG6PANKIT MG72EE MG88M MG8C12 MG8C12T MG8C18 MG8C18T MG8C6 MG8C6T MG8FCC12 MG8FCC18 MG8FCC6 MG8PAC12 MG8PAC18 MG8PAC24 MG8PAC30 MG8PAC6 MG8PACN3 MG8PACN4 MG8PANKIT MGACE MGALK MGAN1010MS MGAN12 MGAN1228MS MGAN126MS MGAN12C MGAN12FK MGAN12P MGAN12PS MGAN15 MGAN15C MGAN15FK MGAN15P MGAN15PS MGAN23 MGAN23C MGAN24FK MGAN416MS MGAN46DS MGAN46SL MGAN48SL MGAN520MS MGAN6 MGAN66DS MGAN66SL MGAN6C MGAN6FK MGAN6P MGAN6PS MGAN716MS MGAN76DS MGAN9 MGAN912MS MGAN96MS MGAN9C MGAN9FK MGAN9P MGAN9PS MGANWL MGBGPEXN MGBL MGBN100CCI MGBN12 MGBN12C MGBN12E MGBN12HDGK MGBN12P

Panelboard 630A 54 SP ways Panelboard 630A 18 SP ways Panelboard top/bott 200mm extension Cover 630A 36 way panelboard Cover 630A 54 way panelboard Cover 630A 18 way panelboard Outgoing pan assembly 630A 36 SP ways Outgoing pan assembly 630A 54 SP ways Outgoing pan assembly 630A 72 SP ways Outgoing pan assembly 630A 90 SP ways Outgoing pan assembly 630A 18 SP ways Incoming pan assembly 630A Cover 630/800A 36 way pan assembly Cover 630/800A 54 way pan assembly Cover 630/800A 18 way pan assembly 18 way neutral bar kit 630A 72 way extra earth bar Powerpact 4 800A metering kit Panelboard 800A 12 way Panelboard 800A 12 way top entry Panelboard 800A 18 way Panelboard 800A 18 way top entry Panelboard 800A 6 way Panelboard 800A 6 way top entry Cover for 800A 36 way panelboard Cover for 800A 54 way panelboard Cover for 800A 18 way panelboard Outgoing pan assembly 800A 36 SP ways Outgoing pan assembly 800A 54 SP ways Outgoing pan assembly 800A 72 SP ways Outgoing pan assembly 800A 90 SP ways Outgoing pan assembly 800A 18 SP ways Incoming pan assembly NS800 3P Incoming pan assembly NS800 4P 18 way neutral bar kit 800A Clean earth kit A M4 & M6 Allen key kit 10 way + 5 SP way DIN rail dist. board 12 way SP Distribution Board 12 way+14 SP way DIN rail dist. board 12 way + 3 SP way DIN rail dist. board Door and cover for MGA12N Flush mounting kit for A type A board replacement pan ass 12 way pan ass 12 way SP&N black sliders 15 way SP Distribution Board Door and cover for MGA15N Flush mounting kit for A type A board replacement pan ass 15 way pan ass 15 way SP&N black sliders 23 way SP Distribution Board Door and cover for MGA23N Flush mounting kit for A type 4 way + 8 SP way DIN rail dist. board 4 way cir/t A, 6 way cir/t B dist. board 4+6 way SP&N split load dist. board 4+8 way SP&N split load dist. board 5 way + 10 SP way DIN rail dist. board 6 way SP Distribution Board 6 way cir/t A, 6 way cir/t B dist. board 6+6 way SP&N split load dist. board Door and cover for MGA6N Flush mounting kit for A type A board replacement pan ass 6 way pan ass 6 way SP&N black sliders 7 way + 8 SP way DIN rail dist. board 7 way cir/t A, 6 way cir/t B dist. board 9 way SP Distribution Board 9 way + 6 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 way + 3 SP way DIN rail dist. board Door and cover for MGA9N Flush mounting kit for A type A board replacement pan ass 9 way pan ass 9 way SP&N black sliders A board spare labels Gland plate for Isobar 4 extension box Key lock for new Isobar door catch Isobar 4 contactor incomer kit 12 way TP Distribution Board Doo and cover for MGB12N pan ass 12 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 12 way IP55 type B heavy duty dist board B board replacement pan ass 12 way 11 11 9 8 9 9 20 11 20 114 8 20 11 20 114 8 20 11 9 9 8 8 9 8 9 8 20 11 20 114 9 9 8 9 9 20 11 20 114 11 18 11,15,18,124 17 12 20 115 13 20 12,19

MGBN12PE MGBN12PS MGBN12SXP MGBN12SXS MGBN16 MGBN16C MGBN16E MGBN16HDGK MGBN16P MGBN16PE MGBN16PS MGBN16SXP MGBN16SXS MGBN18 MGBN18C MGBN18E MGBN18P MGBN18PS MGBN24 MGBN24E MGBN24P MGBN24PE MGBN24PS MGBN24SXP MGBN24SXS MGBN4 MGBN4C MGBN4E MGBN4P MGBN4PS MGBN4SXP MGBN4SXS MGBN6 MGBN6C MGBN6E MGBN6HDGK MGBN6P MGBN6PE MGBN6PS MGBN8 MGBN8C MGBN8E MGBN8HDGK MGBN8P MGBN8PE MGBN8PS MGBN8SXP MGBN8SXS MGBNBCE25 MGBNBCE7 MGBNEX034N MGBNEXA15N MGBNEXN MGBNGPN MGBNKWH MGBNSJK MGBNTJKN MGBNWL MGE0632C MGE0633C MGE0634C MGE0634EC MGE1002C MGE1003C MGE1003SC MGE1004C MGE1004EC MGE1004SC MGE1004SEC MGE1252C MGE1253C MGE1254C MGE1254EC MGE1602C MGE1603C MGE1603SC MGE1604C MGE1604EC MGE1604SC MGE1604SEC MGE2003C MGE2004C MGE2004EC

pan ass 12 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate pan ass 12 way TP&N black sliders 51 SP way steel encl plain front cover 51 SP way steel enclslotted front cover 16 way TP Distribution Board Door and cover for MGB16N pan ass 16 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 16 way IP55 type B heavy duty dist board B board replacement pan ass 16 way pan ass 16 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate pan ass 16 way TP&N black sliders 68 SP way steel encl plain front cover 68 way steel enclslotted front cover 18 way TP&N metal distribution board Door and cover for MGB18N pan ass 18 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate B board replacement pan ass 18 way pan ass 18 way TP&N black sliders 24 way TP Distribution Board pan ass 24 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate B board replacement pan ass 24 way pan ass 24 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate pan ass 24 way TP&N black sliders 85 SP way steel encl plain front cover 85 SP way steel enclslotted front cover 4 way TP Distribution Board Door and cover for MGB4N pan ass 4 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate B board replacement pan ass 4 way pan ass 4 way TP&N black sliders 34 SP way steel encl plain front cover 34 SP way steel enclslotted front cover 6 way TP Distribution Board Doo and cover for MGB6N pan ass 6 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 6 way IP55 type B heavy duty dist board B board replacement pan ass 6 way pan ass 6 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate pan ass 6 way TP&N black sliders 8 way TP Distribution Board Door and cover for MGB8N pan ass 8 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 8 way IP55 type B heavy duty dist board B board replacement pan ass 8 way pan ass 8 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate pan ass 8 way TP&N black sliders 34 SP way steel encl plain front cover 34 SP way steel enclslotted front cover Spare earth/clean earth B boards Spare earth/clean earth B boards 34 way mod extension box 15 way SP&N extension box Type B board extension box + plain cover Isobar 4 B board top/bottom gland plate Kilowatt Hour Metering kit for MG B Side joining kit Joining kit B board top/bottom B board self labels Enclosed MCCB 63A 2P Enclosed MCCB 63A 3P Enclosed MCCB 63A 4P Enclosed MCCB 63A 4P + earth fault Enclosed MCCB 100A 2P Enclosed MCCB 100A 3P Enclosed switch disconnector 100A 3P Enclosed MCCB 100A 4P Enc MCCB 100A 4P + earth fault Enc switch disconnector 100A 4P Enclosed switch 100A 4P + earth fault Enclosed MCCB 125A 2P Enclosed MCCB 125A 3P Enclosed MCCB 125A 4P Enclosed switch 125A 4P + earth fault Enclosed MCCB 160A 2P Enclosed MCCB 160A 3P Enclosed switch 160A 3P Enclosed MCCB 160A 4P Enc MCCB 160A 4P + earth fault Enclosed switch 160A 4P Enclosed switch 160A 4P + earth fault Enclosed MCCB 200A 3P Enclosed MCCB 200A 4P Enclosed MCCB 200A 4P + earth fault

115 114 16,125 16,125 12 20 115 13 20 115 114 16,125 16,125 12 20 115 20 114 12 115 20 115 114 16,125 16,125 12 20 115 20 114 16,125 16,125 12 20 115 13 20 115 114 12 20 115 13 20 115 114 16,125 16,125 19 19 17 17 17 18 17 12,19 12,19 18

205

Index
By part number
Part Description Page No. Part Description Page No.

MGE2503C MGE2503SC MGE2504C MGE2504EC MGE2504SC MGE2504SEC MGE4003C MGE4003SC MGE4004C MGE4004EC MGE4004SC MGE4004SEC MGE6303C MGE6303SC MGE6304C MGE6304EC MGE6304SC MGE6304SEC MGES063 MGES063R MGES100 MGES100R MGES160 MGES160R MGES250 MGES250R MGES320 MGES320R MGES400 MGES400R MGES500 MGES500R MGES630 MGES630R MGEX160C MGEX250C MGEX630C MGFA0201C MGFA0203C MGFA0321C MGFA0323C MGFA0631C MGFA0633C MGFA1001C MGFA1003C MGFB20007C MGFB20012C MGFB20018C MGFB40007C MGFB40012C MGFB40018C MGFB63007C MGFB63012C MGFB63018C MGFC200 MGFC400 MGFC630 MGFD1003C MGFD1603C MGFD2503C MGFD4003C MGFD5003C MGFD6303C MGFK200 MGFK400 MGFK630 MGFL0201C MGFL0203C MGFL0321C MGFL0323C MGFL0631C MGFL0633C MGFL1001C MGFL1003C MGFQ100 MGFQ160 MGFQ250 MGFQ400 MGFQ630 MGFS1003C MGFS1603C MGFS2003C MGFS2503C

Enclosed MCCB 250A 3P Enclosed switch 250A 3P Enclosed MCCB 250A 4P Enclosed MCCB 250A 4P + earth fault Enclosed switch 250A 4P Enclosed switch 250A 4P + earth fault Enclosed MCCB 400A 3P Enclosed switch 400A 3P Enclosed MCCB 400A 4P Enclosed MCCB 400A 4P + earth fault Enclosed switch 400A 4P Enclosed switch 400A 4P + earth fault Enclosed MCCB 630A 3P Enclosed switch 630A 3P Enclosed MCCB 630A 4P Enclosed MCCB 630A 4P + earth fault Enclosed switch 630A 4P Enclosed switch 630A 4P + earth fault Enclosed Interpact 63A Enclosed Interpact 63A red/yellow handle Enclosed Interpact 100A Enclosed Interpact 100A red/yellow handle Enclosed Interpact 160A Enclosed Interpact 160A red/yellow handle Enclosed Interpact 250A Enclosed Interpact 250A red/yellow handle Enclosed Interpact 320A Enclosed Interpact 320A red/yellow handle Enclosed Interpact 400A Enclosed Interpact 400A red/yellow handle Enclosed Interpact 500A Enclosed Interpact 500A red/yellow handle Enclosed Interpact 630A Enclosed Interpact 630A red/yellow handle Safepact extension 100mm 63 - 250A Safepact extension 200mm 63 - 250A Safepact extension 200mm 630A Switch disconnector fuse 20A SP&SwN Switch disconnector fuse 20A TP&N Switch disconnector fuse 32A SP&SwN Switch disconnector fuse 32A TP&N Switch disconnector fuse 63A SP&SwN Switch disconnector fuse 63A TP&N Switch disconnector fuse 100A SP&SwN Switch disconnector fuse 100A TP&N Busbar chamber 200A 750mm Busbar chamber 200A 1200mm Busbar chamber 200A 1800mm Busbar chamber 400A 750mm Busbar chamber 400A 1200mm Busbar chamber 400A 1800mm Busbar chamber 630A 750mm Busbar chamber 630A 1200mm Busbar chamber 630A 1800mm Busbar cable connection kit 200A Busbar cable connection kit 400A Busbar cable connection kit 630A Switch disconnector 100A TP&N Switch disconnector 160A TP&N Switch disconnector 250A TP&N Switch disconnector 400A TP&N Switch disconnector 500A TP&N Switch disconnector# 630A TP&N Busbar interconnection kit 200A Busbar interconnection kit 400A Busbar interconnection kit 630A Switch disconnector 20A SP&SwN Switch disconnector 20A TP&N Switch disconnector 32A SP&SwN Switch disconnector 32A TP&N Switch disconnector 63A SP&SwN Switch disconnector 63A TP&N Switch disconnector 100A SP&SwN Switch disconnector 100A TP&N Set of 3 copper links 100A Set of 3 copper links 160A Set of 3 copper links 250A Set of 3 copper links 400A Set of 3 copper links 630A Fuse switch disconnector 100A TP&N Fuse switch disconnector 160A TP&N Fuse switch disconnector 200A TP&N Fuse switch disconnector 250A TP&N

MGFS3153C MGFS4003C MGFS5003C MGFS6303C MGFX100C MGFX160C MGFX250C MGFX500C MGFX630C MGFZ160 MGFZ250 MGFZ630 MGFZ630T MGI1252 MGI1253N MGI1254 MGK33 MGLA MGLAP MGN16DE MGN22DE MGN28DE MGN34DE MGN56DE MGNA12 MGNA15 MGNA24 MGNA4 MGNA6 MGNA7 MGNA9 MGNB12 MGNB16 MGNB18 MGNB24 MGNB4 MGNB6 MGNB8 MGNCB1004 MGNCB1604 MGNCB2004 MGNCB2504 MGNDSI MGNI1603 MGNI1604 MGNI160RCCB MGNI2003 MGNI2004 MGNI2254 MGNI2503 MGNI2504 MGNPBN250TB MGP0161 MGP0162 MGP0163 MGP0164 MGP0251 MGP0252 MGP0253 MGP0254 MGP0301 MGP0302 MGP0323 MGP0324 MGP0401 MGP0402 MGP0403 MGP0404 MGP0631 MGP0632 MGP0633 MGP0634 MGP0801 MGP0802 MGP0803 MGP0804 MGP1001 MGP1002 MGP1003 MGP1003NA MGP1004 MGP1004NA MGP1013

Fuse switch disconnector 315A TP&N Fuse switch disconnector 400A TP&N Fuse switch disconnector 500A TP&N Fuse switch disconnector 630A TP&N Cable box 100A Cable box 160A Cable box 250A Cable box 315/400/500A Cable box 630A Fuse switch connection kit 100, 160A Fuse switch connection kit 250A Fuse switch connection 315 - 630A bottom Fuse switch connection 315 - 630A top 125A 2P switch disconnector 125A 3P switch disconnector 125A 4P switch disconnector 2 keys for distribution board & panelboard Locking attachment Padlock for MGLA 16 MOD steel enclosure 22 MOD steel enclosure 28 MOD steel enclosure 34 MOD steel enclosure 56 MOD steel enclosure Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit Distributed neutral kit 100A 4P TP&N dist board MCCB incomer 160A 4P TP&N dist board MCCB incomer 200A 4P TP&N dist board MCCB incomer 250A 4P TP&N dist board MCCB incomer Dual incoming unit for B board 160A 3P+N switch disconnector incomer 160A 4P switch disconnector 160A switch disconnector + earth fault 200A 3P switch disconnector 200A 4P switch disconnector 225A 4P switch disconnector 250A 3P switch disconnector 250A 4P switch disconnector 250A terminal block w/o extension box Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 25A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 25A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 25A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 25A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 30A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 30A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 32A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 32A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 63A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 63A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 63A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 63A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 80A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 80A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 80A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 80A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 3P Powerpact 4 100A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 4P Powerpact 4 100A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 3P 10 14 14 18 28 28 11, 124 11, 124 11, 124 11, 124 11, 124 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 15 15 15 15 15 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 X

206

Index
By part number
Part Description Page No. Part Description Page No.

MGP1014 MGP1251 MGP1252 MGP1253 MGP1254 MGP1601 MGP1602 MGP1603 MGP1603NA MGP1604 MGP1604NA MGP2003 MGP2004 MGP2503 MGP2503LL MGP2503NA MGP2503NAT MGP2503T MGP2504 MGP2504LL MGP2504NA MGP2504NAT MGP2504T MGP250NL MGP4003 MGP4003NA MGP4003NAT MGP4003T MGP4004 MGP4004NA MGP4004NAT MGP4004T MGP6303 MGP6303NA MGP6303NAT MGP6303T MGP6304 MGP6304NA MGP6304NAT MGP6304T MGP630NL MGP8003B5 MGP8003NA MGP8004B5 MGP8004NA MGPBB25 MGPBBP MGPC2025 MGPC2050 MGPC4025 MGPC4050 MGPCH12 MGPCH18 MGPCH6 MGPCM12L MGPCM12R MGPCM18L MGPCM18R MGPCM6L MGPCM6R MGPE0163 MGPE0253 MGPE0403 MGPE0633 MGPE0803 MGPE1003 MGPE1253 MGPGPC8 MGPINC MGPL MGPLSK MGPP4S007 MGPXC206 MGPXC212 MGPXC218 MGPXC506 MGPXC512 MGPXC518 MGPXCA6 MGPXCB12 MGTB1001 MGTB1252 MGTB1254

Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 125A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 125A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 125A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 125A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 160A 1P Powerpact 4 MCCB 160A 2P Powerpact 4 MCCB 160A 3P Powerpact 4 160A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 160A 4P Powerpact 4 160A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 200A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 200A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 250A 3P Powerpact 4 lug unit 3P Powerpact 4 250A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 250A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 250A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 250A 4P Powerpact 4 lug unit 4P Powerpact 4 250A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 250A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 250A 4P Powerpact 4 neutral link 250A Powerpact 4 MCCB 400A 3P Powerpact 4 400A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 400A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 400A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 400A 4P Powerpact 4 400A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 400A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 400A 4P Powerpact 4 MCCB 630A 3P Powerpact 4 630A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 630A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 630A 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 630A 4P Powerpact 4 630A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 630A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 MCCB 630A 4P Powerpact 4 neutral link 630A Powerpact 4 800A 3P incoming Powerpact 4 800A 3P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 800A 4P incoming Powerpact 4 800A 4P switch disconnector Powerpact 4 25mm blank plate Powerpact 4 SP blank plate PP4 Panelboard corner unit 200H x 250W PP4 Panelboard corner unit 200H x 500W PP4 Panelboard corner unit 400H x 250W PP4 Panelboard corner unit 400H x 500W Powerpact 4 shrouding kit 12 way Powerpact 4 shrouding kit 18 way Powerpact 4 shrouding kit 6 way 12 way left hand metering box 12 way right hand metering box 18 way left hand metering box 18 way right hand metering box 6 way left hand metering box 6 way right hand metering box Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 16kA 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 25A 16kA 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 16kA 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 63A 16kA 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 80A 16kA 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 16kA 3P Powerpact 4 MCCB 125A 16kA 3P Gland pl for Powerpact 4 630/800A Powerpact 4 direct incomer 630A Padlock with 2 keys Spare key Powerpact 4 door lock up to 800A Powerpact 4 MG6P6 250mm extension Powerpact 4 MG6P12 250mm extension Powerpact 4 MG6P18 250mm extension Powerpact 4 MG6P6 500mm extension Powerpact 4 MG6P21 500mm extension Powerpact 4 MG6P18 500mm extension Powerpact 4 ICDSN unit for 6 way Panelboard ICDSN unit for 12 way 100A 1P terminal block 125A 2P terminal block 125A 4P terminal block 18 10 15 76 76

MGTB2504 MGV250102 MGV630302 MGV630304 MGV631002 MGV633002 MGV633004 MSIS95AN NKIT PM700 PM700P PM710 PRGPM RMG1000302 RMG1001002 RMG1001002S RMG1003002 RMG160102 RMG250102 RMG250302 RMG250304 RMG253004 RMG400302 RMG400304 RMG403002 RMG403004 RMG630302 RMG630304 RMG631002 RMG631004 RMG633002 RMG633004 RMG800302 RMG801002 RMG803002 2499 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2510 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2520 2521 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2530 2554 2556 2557 2560 4012 4013 4014 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4590 4629 5056 5114 5115 5116 5196 5224 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508

250A 4P terminal block 25A 10MA 2P Vigi 63A 30MA 2P Vigi 63A 30MA 4P Vigi 63A 100MA 2P Vigi 63A 300MA 2P Vigi 63A 300MA 4P Vigi 250A Incoming components for MG pan assembley Pack of 4 neutral links PowerLogic Meter PowerLogic Meter PowerLogic Meter Gland plate metal 100A 30MA 2P RCD 100A 100MA 2P RCD 2P 100A 100MA 100A 300MA 2P RCD 16A 10MA 2P RCD 25A 10MA 2P 25A 30MA 2P RCD 25A 30MA 4P RCD 25A 300MA 4P RCD 40A 30MA 2P RCB 40A 30MA 4P RCD 40A 300MA 2P RCB 40A 300MA 4P RCD 63A 30MA 2P RCB 63A 30MA 4P RCD 63A 100MA 2P RCB 63A 100MA 4P RCD 63A 300MA 2P RCD 63A 300MA 4P RCD 80A 30MA 2P RCD 80A 100MA 2P RCD 80A 300MA 2P RCD Aerosol paint - RAL7032 430x330x200mm enclosure and door 530x430x200mm enclosure and door 650x440x250mm enclosure and door 750x540x300mm enclosure and door 850x640x300mm eenclosure and door 1055x850x350mm enclosure and door 430x330x200mm enclosure and door 530x430x200mm enclosure and door 650x440x250mm enclosure and door 750x540x300mm enclosure and door 850x640x300mm enclosure and door 1055x850x350mm enclosure and door External wall fixing lugs Chassis for 430mm high enclosure Chassis for 530mm high enclosure Chassis for 650mm high enclosure Chassis for 750mm high enclosure Chassis for 850mm high enclosure Chassis for 1055mm high enclosure Variable sliders for 200mm enclosure Variable sliders for 250mm enclosure Variable sliders for 300mm enclosure Variable sliders for 350mm enclosure 2P 1P+N Multiclip distribution block 3P Multiclip distribution block 4P 3P+1N Multiclip distribution block Enclosure 300x250x150mm + door Enclosure 400x300x200mm + door Enclosure 500x400x200mm + door Enclosure 600x400x200mm + door Enclosure 700x500x200mm + door Enclosure 800x600x250mm + door Enclosure 1000x800x250mm + door Enclosure external + lugs Enc stackable spacers, H=55mm Enclosure clip-on nuts, M4 (x20) Enclosure clip-on nuts, M5 (x20) Enclosure clip-on nuts, M6 (x20) UT enclosure key lock handle + 2 keys Enclosure stack spacers,M8,H=50mm Prisma GK W-M enclosure 7 mod. Prisma GK W-M enclosure 11 mod. Prisma GK W-M enclosure 15 mod Prisma GK W-M enclosure 19 mod Prisma GK W-M enclosure 23 mod Prisma GK W-M enclosure 27 mod Prisma GK W-M enclosure 33 mod

15 23 23 23 23 23 23 115 11,19,21 43 43 43 127 10,74 74 10,74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 10,74 10,74 10,74 10,74 10,74 10,74 10,74 10,74 10,74 128 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 116 116 116 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 138 132 132 132 128 132 129 129 129 129 129 129 129

207

Index
By part number
Part Description Page No. Part Description Page No.

5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5557 5580 6619 7046 7802 7803 7804 7805 7806 7813 7814 9211 9214 9218 9219 9220 9224 9228 9231 9234 9238 9239 9240 9244 9248 9251 9252 9253 9254 9255 9257 9263 9264 9265 9266 9268 9917 10901 10902 10903 10904 10911 10912 10913 10914 13392 13394 13396 13398 13429 13430 13441 13442 13443 13444 13512 13514 13575 13576 13577 13578 13579 13581 13582 13583 13584 13585 13586 13587

Prisma GK plain door 7 mod. Prisma GK plain door 11 mod. Prisma GK plain door 15 mod. Prisma GK plain door 19 mod. Prisma GK plain door 23 mod. Prisma GK plain door 27 mod. Prisma GK plain door 33 mod. Prisma GK trans. Door 7 mod. Prisma GK trans. Door 11 mod. Prisma GK trans. Door 15 mod. Prisma GK trans. Door 19 mod. Prisma GK trans. Door 23 mod. Prisma GK trans. Door 27 mod. Prisma GK trans. Door 33 mod. Canopy W600 + hardware Prisma GK handle + 2 key 5 Pratic adaptors 12x2 mm flat bar, L=461mm plain front plate 2 mod Plain front plate, 3 mod Plain front plate, 4 mod Plain front plate, 5 mod Plain front plate, 6 mod Prisma front plate 3 mods Prisma front plate 4 mod Perforated mounting plate 300 Perforated mounting plate 400 Perforated mounting plate 500 Perforated mounting plate 600 Perforated mounting plate 700 Perforated mounting plate 800 Perforated mounting plate 1000 Plain mounting plate 300x200 Plain mounting plate 400x300 Plain mounting plate 500x400 Plain mounting plate 600x400 Plain mounting plate 700x500 Plain mounting plate 800x600 Plain mounting plate 1000x800 Vertical uprights 400 nominal Vertical uprights 500 nominal Vertical uprights 600 nominal Vertical uprights 700 nominal Vertical uprights 800 nominal Vertical uprights 1000 nomina 4 Multi fix rails 300 nominal 4 Multi fix rails 400 nominal 4 Multi fix rails 500 nominal 4 Multi fix rails 600 nominal 4 Multi fix rails 800 nominal Set of screw 1 row Pragma C IP40 + door 2 row Pragma C IP40 + door 3 row Pragma C IP40 + door 4 row Pragma C IP40 + door 1 row Pragma C IP40 + Door 2 row Pragma C IP40 + Door 3 row Pragma C IP40 + Door 4 row Pragma C IP40 + Door 2 SP way Mini Opale enclosure 4 SP way Mini Opale enclosure 6 SP way Mini Opale enclosure 8 SP way Mini Opale enclosure Blanking/label 10x5 way Blanking strip 24 way Kaedra 4 mod ins enclosure IP65 Kaedra 6 mod ins enclosure IP65 Kaedra 8 mod ins enclosure IP65 Kaedra 12 mod ins enclosure IP65 125A 4P multi-stage distribution block 125A 4P multi-stage distribution block 80A, 4 hole strip terminal block 80A terminal bock 8 hole 80A terminal bock 16 hole 80A, 22 hole strip terminal block 80A terminal bock 32 hole 80A terminal bock 32 hole 4/8 hole terminal block yell/gr cover IP2 cover for terminal block grn 4/8 hole terminal block red cover IP2 cover for terminal block red 8 hole terminal block blue cover IP2 cover for block blue 16

129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 119 116 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 128,129 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 77,124 77,124 77,124 77,124 127 127 77,131 77,131 77,131 77,131 117 117 126,130,131 126,130,131 126,130,131 126,130,131 126,130,131 126,130,131 131 131 131 131 131 131

13589 13600 13625 13665 13730 13811 13812 13813 13814 13815 13816 13841 13842 13843 13844 13845 13846 13851 13852 13853 13854 13855 13856 13861 13863 13864 13866 13871 13875 13876 13877 13879 13880 13947 13948 14181 14190 14210 14211 14599 14603 14801 14802 14803 14804 14811 14812 14813 14814 14818 14880 14881 14882 14883 14884 14885 14886 14887 14888 14890 14891 14892 14893 14894 14915 14936 14937 14938 14939 14949 14962 14963 14964 14965 14975 14976 14977 14979 14989 15005 15006 15007 15008

IP2 cover for block blue 16 Sloping terminal block support Key lock for IP55 pragma c/d Pragma C enclosure lock + key Blanking strip grey 10x5 Mod 1 row Pragma metal enclosure 2 row Pragma metal enclosure 3 row Pragma metal enclosure 4 row Pragma enclosure 5 row Pragma enclosure 6 row Pragma enclosure 1 row Pragma enclosure + door 2 row Pragma enclosure + door 3 row Pragma enclosure + door 4 row Pragma enclosure + door 5 row Pragma enclosure + door 6 row Pragma enclosure + door 1 row Pragma enclosure + door 2 row Pragma enclosure + door 3 row Pragma enclosure + door 4 row Pragma enclosure + door 5 row Pragma enclosure + door 6 row Pragma enclosure + door Interpact mounting/front plate NS mounting plate & front plate Pragma slotted mounting plate Connections to Polybloc 1 row plain front plate 160A connection blocks Earth/neutral terminal block Enclosure door lock key No. 405 Label strip 24 pole Enclosure touch up paint Kaedra sealing kit Lock & key for IP65 Mini Pragma 4 wall mounting brackets Glands for Kaedra Prisma P window 10 mod Prisma P DIN rail support 10 mod 4 SP way G9 IP30 steel enclosure 5 SP way G9 IP30 steel enclosure 1P comb busbar, 108x9mm 2P comb busbar, 108x9mm 3P comb busbar, 108x9mm 3P+N comb busbar, 108x9mm 1P comb busbar, 27mm pitch 2P comb busbar, 27mm pitch 3P comb busbar, 27mm pitch 4P comb busbar, 27mm pitch Comb busbar end and tooth caps 1P+N comb busbar, 26x9mm 1P comb busbar, 24x9mm 2P comb busbar, 24x9mm 3P comb busbar, 24x9mm 4P comb busbar, 24x9mm 4 25mm2 insulated connectors End caps 1P/2P/1P+N comb x40 End caps 3P/4P/3P+N comb x40 Tooth caps for comb teeth x40 Comb busbar, 1 P + N, 48x9mm 1P comb busbar (x2) 48x9mm 2P comb busbar 2x48mm 3P comb busbar (x2) 48x9mm 4P comb busbar (x2) 48x9mm Symm/asym rail stops(x10) 1P terminal block 2P terminal block 1P terminal block 2P terminal block 140A 12 hole stepped terminals 80A 4 hole connection strip 80A 7 hole connection strip 80A 11 hole connection strip 125A,14 hole connection strip 80A 4 hole distribution block 125A 6 hole distribution block 125A 10 hole distribution block 125A 14 hole distribution block Blue & yellow/green ident cards 20A 1P (I) switch disconnector 20A 2P (I) switch disconnector 20A 3P (I) switch disconnector 20A 4P (I) switch disconnector

131 131 130 126 128,132 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 77,131 77,131 77,131 77,131 119 119 77,189 77,189 117 117 117 117 109,117 109,117 109,117 109,117 109,117 81,117 117 117 117 117 81,117 117 117 117 81,117 117 117 117 117 118 118 118 118 118 117 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 32 33 33 33

208

Index
By part number
Part Description Page No. Part Description Page No.

15009 15010 15011 15012 15013 15014 15015 15016 15019 15020 15023 15024 15057 15059 15060 15063 15064 15090 15091 15092 15093 15094 15096 15100 15101 15125 15126 15151 15152 15196 15201 15202 15208 15209 15212 15213 15214 15215 15216 15218 15219 15220 15222 15233 15266 15268 15270 15280 15281 15284 15319 15320 15321 15322 15323 15335 15336 15337 15338 15359 15363 15365 15366 15367 15368 15393 15409 15410 15411 15416 15440 15443 15464 15465 15466 15467 15500 15502 15503 15505 15510 15511 15512

32A 1P (I) switch disconnector 32A 2P (I) switch disconnector 32A 3P (I) switch disconnector 32A 4P (I) switch disconnector 63A 1P (I) switch disconnector 63A 2P (I) switch disconnector 63A 3P (I) switch disconnector 63A 4P (I) switch disconnector 40A 4P I switch disconector 40A 2P I switch disconector 40A 3P I switch disconector 40A SP I switch disconector 125A 1P (I) switch disconnector 125A 3P (I) switch disconnector 125A 4P (I) switch disconnector 20A SP I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r 20A 2P I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r 100A 1P (I) switch disconnector 100A 2P (I) switch disconnector 100A 3P (I) switch disconnector 100A 4P (I) switch disconnector Terminal shield (1P PR) for 100A I switch disconnr auxiliary switch 32A SP I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r 32A 2P I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r CMV voltmeter selector switch CMA ammeter selector switch Device holder - 22mm Device holder - Universal PM9 Multimeter 0 - 600Vac digital voltmeter 0 - 10A digital ammeter 20 - 100Hz digital frequency meter Digital Ammeter range 0 - 5000A 240 - 8 - 12Vac 16VA bell transformer 240 - 8 - 12Vac 4VA bell transformer Bell transformer 4VA 230 / 8 v Bell transformer 25VA 230 / 12 - 24 v 240 - 8 - 12Vac 8VA bell transformer 240 - 12/24Vac 16VA transformer 240 - 12/24Vac 25VA transformer 240 - 12/24Vac 40VA transformer 240 - 12/24Vac 63VA transformer MINp Delay off timer IC2000P light level time switch Photo cell for IC2000 Multi function time switch Memory for MF timeswitch 15270 Photo cell for IC2000 IC200 light sensing switch 63A contactor 2NO+1NC 240V coil SO bell 220/240 Volt SO bell 12 Volt RO buzzer 220/240 Volt RO buzzer 12 Volt 24HR analogue time switch 24HR analogue time switch IH 1c 24hr 150hr reserve 2 chan'l IH 60 minute analogue time switch MIN timer terminal shield MIN time switch 1 - 7mins IH 24 hour analogue time switch IH 24 hour + 7 day analogue IH 7 day analogue time switch IC2000 light sensitive switch 2A 240Vac RBN changeover relay ATLC+S impulse relay auxiiary ATLC+C impulse relay aux ATLT impulse relay aux RTBT interface relay Hours counter 240V CI Impulse counting module Single phase kilowatt hour meter Three phase kilowatt hour meter Single phase kWH meter Three phase kWH meter 16A 1P 230 - 240Vac coil TL relay 1P 48Vac 24Vdc TLI relay 16A 1P 24Vac coil TL relay 32A 1P 230 - 240Vac ETL for TL32 16A 1P 230 - 240Vac coil TL relay 16A 1P 130Vac 48Vdc TL relay 16A 1P 48Vac 24Vdc TL relay

32 33 33 33 32 33 33 33 33 33 33 32 32 33 33 32 33 32 33 33 33 33 33 32 33 64 64 42 42 63 62 62 62 62 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 58 59 59 57 57 59 59 46 35 35 35 35 55 55 55 55 58 58 55 55 55 59 48 54 54 54 48 68 68 67 67 67 67 53 53 53 53 53 53 53

15513 15514 15515 15516 15517 15518 15520 15521 15522 15523 15524 15525 15526 15527 15528 15530 15531 15532 15533 15534 15535 15536 15537 15538 15539 15540 15541 15542 15636 15646 15651 15656 15658 15668 15687 15688 15689 15690 15692 15693 15695 15696 15720 15721 15722 15723 15775 15776 15777 15779 15840 15841 15845 15846 15847 15848 15854 15914 15917 15919 15920 15921 15922 15923 15957 15958 15959 15960 15961 15962 15963 15964 15966 15967 15968 15969 15971 15972 15973 15974 15975 15977 15978

16A 1P 24vac coil TL relay 16A 1P 12Vac coil TL relay 32A 1P 230 - 240Vac coil TL relay TLM impulse relay TLS impulse relay TLC impulse relay 16A 2P 230 - 240vac coil TL relay 16A 2P 130Vac 48Vdc relay 16A 2P 48Vac 24Vdc relay 16A 2P 24Vac coil TL relay 16A 2P 12vac coil TL relay TLc impulse relay 24Vac TLc impulse relay 48Vac TLs impulse relay 24Vac 12Vdc TLs impulse relay 48Vac 24Vdc ETL 230 - 240Vac coil aux for Tl/TLI 16A 1P 130Vac 48Vdc ETL relay 16A 1P 48Vac 24Vdc ETL relay ETL 24Vac coil aux for TL/TLI 16A 1P 12Vac 6Vdc ETL relay 10A (AC1) 240Vac RLI relay 10A (AC1) 48Vac RLI relay 10A (AC1) 24Vac RLI relay 10A (AC1) 12Vac RLI relay 10A (AC1) 240Vac ERL extension 10A (AC1) 48Vac ERL extension 10A (AC1) 24Vac ERL extension 10A (AC1)12Vac ERL extension 1 pole STI fuse carier 1 pole and neutral STI fuse carier 2 pole STI fuse carrier 3 pole STI fuse carier 3 pole and neutral STI fuse carier Blown fuse indicator PF30 10kA 1P+N surge arrester PF30 10kA 3P+N surge arrester PF30r 10kA 1P+N surge arrester PF30r 10kA 3P+N surge arrester PF15 5kA 1P+N surge arrester PF15 5kA 3P+N surge arrester PF8 2kA 1P+N surge arrester PF8 2kA 3P+N surge arrester 1 channel IHP time switch 1 channel IHP time switch 2 channel IHP time switch 2 channel IHP time switch 2A gG fuse links 10.3x38mm 4A gG fuse links 10.3x38 6A gG fuse links 10.3x38mm 10A gG fuse links 10.3x38mm TH6 thermostat TH3 thermostat TH6 thermostat ground probe TH6 thermostat ambient probe TH6 thermostat outdoor probe TH6 thermostat collar probe IHP 18mm I channel ACTo+F add on aux contact ACTt add on time delay unit ACTp filter 24V devices ACTp filter 240V devices 25A 3/4P contactor screw shield 40/63A 2P contactor screw shield 63A 3/4P contactor screw shield Contactor 16A 2NC 240V ac 25A 1P contactor 240V ac 25A 2P contactor 240Vac coil 25A 2P contactor 240Vac coil 25A 3P contactor 240V coil 25A 4P contactor 240Vac coil 25A 4P contactor 240Vac coil 25A 4P contactor 2NO+2NC 40A 2P contactor 240V coil 40A 3P contactor 240V coil 40A 4P contactor 240V coil 40A 4P contactor 240V coil 63A 2P contactor 240V coil 63A 3P contactor 3NO 240Vac coil 63A 4P contactor 240Vac coil 63A 4P contactor 240Vac coil 63A 4P contactor 2NO+2NC 100A 2P contactor 240V coil 100A 4P contactor 240V coil

53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 36 36 36 36 36 36 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 56 56 56 56 36 36 36 36 71 71 71 71 71 71 56 47 47 47 47 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46

209

Index
By part number
Part Description Page No. Part Description Page No.

15981 15982 15983 15984 15986 15987 15988 16020 16022 16023 16024 16025 16026 16029 16030 16031 16032 16033 16034 16035 16036 16037 16038 16039 16040 16041 16042 16043 16044 16045 16060 16061 16065 16066 16067 16068 16069 16070 16111 16113 16115 16116 16118 16120 16122 16124 16126 16127 16129 16130 16261 16364 16451 16452 16453 16454 16456 16459 16460 16461 16462 16463 16464 16465 16468 16469 16470 16471 16473 16474 16476 16477 16478 16479 16480 16481 16482 16483 16500 16501 16502 16503 16504

25A 2P contactor with manual ctrl Contactor W/MANL 3NO 25A 25A 4P contactor with manual ctrl 40A 2P contactor with manual ctrl 40A 4p contactor 4NO 240Vac coil 63A 2P contactor with manual ctrl 63A 4P contactor with manual ctrl 25A 2P contactor 24Vac coil 25A 4P contactor 24Vac coil 25A 4P contactor 24Vac coil 63A 2P contactor 24V coil 63A 4P contactor 24Vac coil 63A 4P contactor 24Vac coil Ammeter 0 - 30A direct connection AMP ammeter without scale 5A AMP ammeter scale 0 - 5A AMP ammeter scale 0 - 50A AMP ammeter scale 0 - 75A AMP ammeter scale 0 - 100A AMP ammeter scale 0 - 150A AMP ammeter scale 0 - 200A AMP ammeter scale 0 - 250A AMP ammeter scale 0 - 300A AMP ammeter scale 0 - 400A AMP ammeter scale 0 - 500A AMP ammeter scale 0 - 600A AMP ammeter scale 0 - 800A AMP ammeter scale 0 - 1000A AMP ammeter scale 0 - 1500A AMP ammeter scale 0 - 2000A 0 - 300V Modular Voltmeter VLT voltmeter 0 - 500V RTA time delay before ON relay RTB time delay before OFF relay RTC time delay before OFF relay RTH time delay before OFF relay RTL pulsed On and OFF timer RTMF time delay relay 16A contactor 1NC 24Vac coil 16A contactor 1NO 240Vac coil 16A contactor 2NC 24Vac coil 16A contactor 2NC 240Vac+Man 16A contactor 3NC 24Vac coil 16A contactor 3NC 240Vac coil 16A contactor 4NC 24Vac coil 16A contactor 4NC 240Vac coil 16A contactor 1NO+1NC 24Vac 16A contactor 1NO+1NC 240Vac 16A contactor 2NO+2NC 24Vac 16A contactor 2NO+2NC 240Vac 80A 30mA 4P RCCB RMG IH 1c 24hr no reserve CT 50/5 trop 21mm ID 1.25VA CT 75/5 trop 21mm ID 1.5VA CT 100/5 trop 21mm ID 2.5VA CT 125/5 trop 21mm ID 4VA CT 200/5 trop 21mm ID 6VA CT 150/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 5.5VA CT 200/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 7VA CT 250/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 9VA CT 300/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 11VA CT 400/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 15VA CT 500/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 18VA CT 600/5 trop 22ID/30x10 21.5VA CT 250/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 5VA CT 300/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 8VA CT 400/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 12VA CT 500/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 12VA CT 500/5 trop 51X31/64X11 CT. 600/5 TROP 51X31/64X12 CT 200/5 trop 65x32 slot 2VA CT 250/5 trop 65x32 slot 4VA CT 300/5 trop 65x32 slot 6VA CT 400/5 trop 65x32 slot 7.5VA CT 500/5 trop 65x32 slot 10VA CT 600/5 trop 65x32 slot 10VA CT 800/5 trop 65x32 slot 15VA CT 1000/5 trop 65x32 slot 20VA CT 40/5 trop 21mm ID 1VA CT 50/5 STD 21mm ID 1.25VA CT 75/5 STD 21mm ID 1.5VA CT 100/5 STD 21mm ID 2.5VA CT 125/5 STD 21mm ID 4VA

46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 51 51 51 51 51 51 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 14,74 55 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70

16505 16506 16509 16510 16511 16512 16513 16514 16515 16518 16519 16520 16521 16523 16524 16528 16529 16530 16531 16532 16533 16534 16535 16537 16538 16540 16541 16542 16543 16544 16545 16547 16548 16549 16550 16551 16552 16553 16557 16558 16559 16562 16563 16564 16567 16568 16569 16572 16573 16574 16577 16578 16579 16581 16583 16585 16587 16589 16590 16591 16627 16956 16990 16992 16994 16995 17065 17066 17067 17070 17071 17072 17075 17076 18030 18031 18032 18033 18034 18035 18036 18037 18038

CT 150/5 STD 21mm ID 4VA CT 200/5 STD 21mm ID 6VA CT 150/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 5.5VA CT 200/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 7VA CT 250/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 9VA CT 300/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 11VA CT 400/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 15VA CT 500/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 18VA CT 600/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 21.5VA CT 250/5 STD 35 ID/40x10 5VA CT 300/5 STD 35 ID/40x10 8VA CT 400/5 STD 35 ID/40x10 12VA CT 500/5 STD 35 ID/40x10 12VA CT 500/5 STD 51X31/64X11 CT 600/5 STD 51X31/64X11 CT 300/5 STD 65x32 slot 6VA CT 400/5 STD 65x32 slot 7.5VA CT 500/5 STD 65x32 slot 10VA CT 600/5 STD 65x32 slot 10VA CT 800/5 STD 65x32 slot 15VA CT 1000/5 STD 65x32 slot 20VA CT 1250/5 trop 65x32 slot 25VA CT 1500/5 trop 65x32 slot 30VA CT 1250/5 CT 1500/5 trop 84x34 slot 20VA CT 1250/5 trop 127x38 slot 12VA CT 1500/5 trop 127x38 slot 15VA CT 2000/5 trop 127x38 slot 20VA CT 2500/5 trop 127x38 slot 25VA CT 3000/5 trop 127x38 slot 30VA CT 2500/5 trop 127x52 slot 50VA CT 4000/5 trop 127x52 slot 80VA CT 5000/5 trop 165x55 slot 60VA CT 6000/5 trop 165x55 slot 70VA copper sleeve for 21mm ID CT copper sleeve for 22mm ID CT CT terminal cover CT terminal cover PRD65r 1P+N surge arrester PRD65r 3P surge arrester PRD65r 3P+N surge arrester PRD40r 1P+N surge arrester PRD40r 3P surge arrester PRD40r 3P+N surge arrester PRD40 1P+N surge arrester PRD40 3P surge arrester PRD40 3P+N surge arrester PRD15 1P+N surge arrester PRD15 3P surge arrester PRD15 3P+N surge arrester PRD8 1P+N surge arrester PRD8 3P surge arrester PRD8 3P+N surge arrester C65r - 275 surge arrester cartridge C40r - 275 surge arrester cartridge C40 - 275 surge arrester cartridge C15 - 275 surge arrester cartridge C8 - 275 surge arrester cartridge C neutral r surge arrester cartridge C neutral surge arrester cartridge Curr transf 250/5 16A 2P contactor 1NO+1NC CDM PIR detector Presence detector CDPt Pressence detector CDPt additional remote ME1 kilowatt hour meter 63A ME1z kilowatt hour meter 63A ME1zr kilowatt hour meter 63A ME4 kilowatt hour meter 63A 6E4zr kilowatt hour meter 63A ME4zrt kilowatt hour meter 63A ME3 kilowatt hour meter 63A ME3zr kilowatt hour meter 63A BP Grey pushbutton 1NC BP Red pushbutton 1NC BP Grey pushbutton 1NO BP Grey pushbutton 1NO + 1NC BP Double pushbutton 1NC + 1NO BP Double pushbutton 1NO + 1NO Grey p/button 1NO+ light Grey p/button 1NC+red light Grey p/button 1NO+green light

70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 51 46 60 60 60 60 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39

210

Index
By part number
Part Description Page No. Part Description Page No.

18039 18070 18071 18072 18073 18074 18308 18309 18310 18311 18312 18320 18321 18322 18323 18324 18326 18327 18330 18331 18332 18333 18334 18335 18394 18395 18396 18397 18398 18399 18400 18401 18402 18403 18404 18405 18406 18407 18408 18409 18410 18411 18412 18413 18414 18415 18416 18417 18418 18419 18420 18421 18422 18423 18424 18425 18426 18427 18428 18429 18430 18431 18432 18433 18434 18435 18436 18437 18438 18439 18440 18441 18442 18443 18444 18445 18446 18447 18448 18449 18450 18451 18452

Grey p/button 1NC+red light CM 2 pos 20A selector switch CM 2 pos 20A selector switch CM 2 pos 20A selector switch CM 3 pos 20A selector switch CM 3 pos 20A selector switch Contactor auxiliary ACTC Contactor auxiliary ACTC 1P/2P TMC60 remote control 3P/4P TMC60 remote control 1 - 2P Tm remote control V 110/230Vac red indicator light V 110/230Vac green indicator light V 110/230Vac white indicator light V 110/230Vac blue indicator light V 110/230Vac yellow indicator light V 230Vac red flash indicator light 3 phase indicator lights 230/400V V 12/48Vac/dc red indicator light V 12/48Vac/dc green indicator light V 12/48Vac/dc white indicator light V 12/48Vac/dc blue indicator light V 12/48Vac/dc yellow indicator light 110/230Vac double indicator light 10A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 16A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 20A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 25A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 32A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 40A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 50A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 63A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 80A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 100A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 125A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 10A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 16A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 20A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 25A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 32A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 40A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 50A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 63A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 80A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 100A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 125A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 10A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 16A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 20A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 25A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 32A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 40A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 50A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 63A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 80A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 100A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 125A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 10A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 16A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 20A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 25A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 32A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 40A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 50A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 63A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 80A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 100A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 125A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 10A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 16A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 20A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 25A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 32A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 40A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 50A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 63A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 80A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 100A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 125A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 10A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 16A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 20A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 25A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C

39 39 39 39 39 39 47 47 87 87 87 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83

18453 18454 18455 18456 18457 18458 18459 18460 18461 18462 18463 18464 18465 18466 18467 18468 18469 18470 18471 18472 18473 18474 18475 18476 18477 18478 18479 18480 18481 18482 18483 18484 18485 18486 18487 18488 18489 18490 18491 18492 18493 18494 18495 18496 18497 18498 18499 18500 18501 18502 18503 18504 18505 18506 18507 18508 18509 18510 18511 18512 18513 18514 18515 18516 18517 18518 18519 18520 18521 18522 18523 18524 18525 18526 18527 18528 18544 18545 18546 18547 18548 18549 18556

32A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 40A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 50A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 63A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 80A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 100A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 125A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 10A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 16A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 20A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 25A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 32A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 40A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 50A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 63A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 80A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 100A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 125A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 10A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 16A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 20A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 25A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 32A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 40A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 50A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 63A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 80A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 100A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 125A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 10A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 16A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 20A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 25A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 32A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 40A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 50A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 63A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 80A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 100A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 125A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 10A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 16A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 20A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 25A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 32A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 40A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 50A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 63A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 80A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 100A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 125A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 10A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 16A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 20A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 25A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 32A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 40A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 50A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 63A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 80A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 100A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 125A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 10A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 16A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 20A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 25A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 32A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 40A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 50A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 63A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 80A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 100A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 125A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D C120 MCB terminal shield C120 MCB terminal screw shield Rear connection terminal + shield 300mA 2P C120H s Class AC Vigi 1000mA 2P C120H s Class AC Vigi 300mA 3P C120H s Class AC Vigi 1000mA 3P C120H s Class AC Vigi 300mA 4P C120H s Class AC Vigi 1000mA 4P C120H s Class AC Vigi 300mA 2P C120H si Type Vigi

83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 90 90 91 85 85 85 85 85 85 85

211

Index
By part number
Part Description Page No. Part Description Page No.

18557 18558 18559 18560 18561 18563 18564 18565 18566 18567 18568 18569 18570 18571 18572 18573 18574 18575 18576 18577 18578 18579 18580 18581 18582 18583 18584 18585 18586 18587 18588 18589 18591 18592 18593 18594 18595 18596 18597 18598 18599 18610 18611 18612 18613 18614 18615 18616 18617 18618 18621 18622 18623 18624 18625 18626 18627 18628 18629 18632 18633 18634 18635 18636 18637 18638 18639 18640 18642 18644 18649 18650 18651 18652 18653 18654 18655 18656 18658 18660 18662 18663 18664

1000mA 2P C120H si Vigi 300mA 3P C120H si Type Vigi 1000mA 3P C120H si Type Vigi 300mA 4P C120H si Type Vigi 1000mA 4P C120H si Type Vigi 30mA 2P C120H Class AC Vigi 300mA 2P C120H Class AC Vigi 500mA 2P C120H Class AC Vigi 30mA 3P C120H Class AC Vigi 300mA 3P C120H Class AC Vigi 500mA 3P C120H Class AC Vigi 30mA 4P C120H Class AC Vigi 300mA 4P C120H Class AC Vigi 500mA 4P C120H Class AC Vigi 30mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 300mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 500mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 30mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 300mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 500mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 30mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 300mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 500mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 300mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 500mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 1000mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 300mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 500mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 1000mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 300mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 500mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 1000mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 30mA 2P C120H si Type Vigi 300mA 2P C120H si Type Vigi 500mA 2P C120H si Type Vigi 30mA 3P C120H si Type Vigi 300mA 3P C120H si Type Vigi 500mA 3P C120H si Type Vigi 30mA 4P C120H si Type Vigi 300mA 4P C120H si TypeVigi 500mA 4P C120H si Type Vigi 10A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 16A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 20A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 25A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 32A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 40A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 50A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 63A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 80A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 10A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 16A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 20A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 25A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 32A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 40A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 50A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 63A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 80A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 10A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 16A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 20A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 25A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 32A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 40A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 50A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 63A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 80A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 100A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 125A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 10A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 16A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 20A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 25A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 32A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 40A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 50A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 63A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 80A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 100A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 125A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 80A 3P 25kA NG125N curve B 100A 3P 25kA NG125N curve B

85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96

18665 18666 18667 18668 18669 18670 18671 18672 18673 18674 18705 18706 18707 18708 18709 18710 18711 18712 18713 18714 18715 18716 18717 18718 18719 18720 18721 18722 18723 18724 18725 18726 18727 18728 18729 18730 18731 18732 18733 18734 18735 18736 18737 18738 18739 18740 18868 18869 18870 18871 18872 18873 18874 18875 18876 18879 18880 18881 18882 18883 18884 18885 18886 18887 18889 18890 18891 18892 18893 18894 18895 18896 19000 19001 19002 19003 19004 19005 19008 19009 19012 19013 19014

125A 3P 25kA NG125N curve B 80A 4P 25kA NG125N curve B 100A 4P 25kA NG125N curve B 125A 4P 25kA NG125N curve B 80A 3P 25kA NG125N curve D 100A 3P 25kA NG125N curve D 125A 3P 25kA NG125N curve D 80A 4P 25kA NG125N curve D 100A 4P 25kA NG125N curve D 125A 4P 25kA NG125N curve D 10A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 16A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 20A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 25A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 32A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 40A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 50A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 63A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 80A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 10A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 16A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 20A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 25A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 32A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 40A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 50A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 63A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 80A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 10A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 16A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 20A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 25A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 32A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 40A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 50A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 63A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 80A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 10A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 16A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 20A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 25A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 32A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 40A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 50A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 63A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 80A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 4A 2P NG125LMA 6.3A 2P NG125LMA 10A 2P NG125LMA 12.5A 2P NG125LMA 16A 2P NG125LMA 25A 2P NG125LMA 40A 2P NG125LMA 63A 2P NG125LMA 80A 2P NG125LMA 4A 3P NG125LMA 6.3A 3P NG125LMA 10A 3P NG125LMA 12.5A 3P NG125LMA 16A 3P NG125LMA 25A 3P NG125LMA 40A 3P NG125LMA 63A 3P NG125LMA 80A 3P NG125LMA 63A 3P NG125 NA switch dis 80A 3P NG125 NA switch dis 100A 3P NG125 NA switch dis 125A 3P NG125 NA switch dis 63A 4P NG125 NA switch dis 80A 4P NG125 NA switch dis 100A 4P NG125 NA switch dis 125A 4P NG125 NA switch dis 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 30mA 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 300mA 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 30mA 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300mA 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 30mA 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300mA 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 30mA 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 300mA 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 30mA 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 300mA 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 30mA

96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 100 102 100 102 100 102 101 103 103 101 103

212

Index
By part number
Part Description Page No. Part Description Page No.

19015 19016 19030 19031 19032 19033 19034 19035 19036 19037 19039 19041 19042 19044 19046 19047 19049 19053 19054 19055 19056 19058 19059 19060 19064 19065 19066 19067 19068 19069 19070 19071 19072 19073 19074 19075 19076 19077 19078 19080 19081 19082 19083 19084 19085 19086 19087 19088 19089 19090 19091 19092 19093 19094 19095 19100 19101 19106 19107 19249 19250 19252 19254 19255 19256 19257 19258 19260 19261 19263 19264 19266 19268 19269 19270 19271 19272 19661 19663 19665 19666 19667 19668

63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300mA 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 30mA 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300mA 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 300mA TD 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 1000mA TD 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300mA TD NG125 Vigi 3P 63A 1000mA TD 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300mA TD 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 1000mA TD 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 30mA 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 30mA 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300mA 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..1000mA 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..1000mA 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA NG125 Vigi SDV,NO aux contact NG125 Vigi SDV,NC aux contact NG125 Vigi MXV auxiliary NG125 230..415Vac MX+OF aux NG125 48..130Vac MX+OF aux NG125 24Vac MX+OF auxiliary 240Vac voltage release (MN) 48Vac voltage release (MN) 48Vdc voltage release (MN) OF+OF electrical auxiliary OF+SD electrical auxiliary OF+OF or OF+SD electrical aux/y 63A 2P NG125 RCD terminal shield 63A 3P NG125 RCD terminal shield 63A 4P NG125 RCD terminal shield 63A 3P NG125 RCd terminal shield 63A 4P NG125 RCD terminal shield 1P NG125 terminal shield 2P NG125 terminal shield 3P NG125 terminal shield 4P NG125 terminal shield 1P NG125 terminal screw shield (x10) 2P NG125 terminal screw shield (x10) 3P NG125 terminal screw shield (x10) 4P NG125 terminal screw shield (x10) Rotary handle,standard black Rotary handle,red/yellow front NG125 padlocking accessory INS40/80 bare cable connector (x4) Direct Rotary Handle NG125 connection screws&nuts NG125 cable lugs NG125 terminal for alu cable 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 30mA,si Type 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 30mA,si Type 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 4A 6kA DPN rated curve B 6A 6kA DPN rated curve B 10A 6kA DPN curve B 16A 6kA DPN curve B 20A 6kA DPN curve B 25A 6kA DPN curve B 32A 6kA DPN curve B 40A 6kA DPN curve B 1A 6kA DPN curve C 2A 6kA DPN curve C 4A 6kA DPN curve C 6A 6kA DPN curve C 10A 6kA DPN curve C 16A 6kA DPN curve C 20A 6kA DPN curve C 25A 6kA DPN curve C 32A 6kA DPN curve C 40A 6kA DPN curve C 6A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 10A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 16A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 20A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 25A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 32A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C

101 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 106 106 105 105 105 106 106 106 106 105 105 105 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 20,90,109 109 109 109 109 101 101 103 103 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 81 81 81 81 81 81

19669 20267 21100 21101 21102 21103 21104 21105 21106 21107 21108 21109 21110 21111 21112 21113 21115 21116 21117 21118 21119 21120 21121 21127 21128 21129 21130 21133 21140 21141 21142 21143 21144 21145 21146 21147 21148 21180 21181 23111 23116 23146 23213 23227 23249 23253 23258 23303 23308 24872 24873 24875 24876 24877 24878 24879 24880 24881 24882 24883 24884 25211 25212 25214 25215 25216 25217 25218 25219 25220 25221 25222 25223 26476 26477 26478 26483 26484 26485 26923 26924 26927 26929

40A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C Brackets for through door mounting 0.1 - 0.16A P25M MCB 0.16 - 0.25A P25M MCB 0.25 - 0.4A P25M MCB 0.4 - 0.63A P25M MCB 0.63 - 1A P25M MCB 1 - 1.6A P25M MCB 1.6 - 2.5A P25M MCB 1.5 - 4A P25M MCB 4 - 6.3A P25M MCB 6.3 - 10A P25M MCB 9 - 14A P25M MCB 13 - 18A P25M MCB 17 - 23A P25M MCB 20 - 25A P25M MCB P25M limiter block P25M MCB contact position, F+F P25M MCB contact position, O+F P25M position&alarm F+SD.F P25M position&alarm O+SD.F P25M position&alarm F+SD.O P25M position+alarm 0+SD.O P25M 240 MX voltage release P25M 415 MX inst voltage release P25M MN undervoltage release P25M MN undervoltage release P25M IP55 enclosure P25M MCB green indicator P25M MCB green neon indicator P25M MCB red neon indicator P25M MCB red neon indicator P25M MCB busbar terminal block 2P P25M MCB comb busbar 4P P25M MCB comb busbar P25M insulated cable connector P25M comb busbar end cover RCP phase failure relay RCI relay 230V 80A 100mA 2P RMG 100A 300mA 2P RMG 63A 300mA 4P RMG 100A 300mA 4P RCCB (RMG) 100A 300mA 4P RMG 25A 30mA 2P Class A RCD 40A 30mA 2P Class A RCD 63A 30mA 2P Class A RCD 40A 30mA 4P Class A RCD 63A 30mA 4P Class A RCD 1A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 2A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 4A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 6A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 10A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 16A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 20A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 25A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 32A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 40A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 50A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 63A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 1A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 2A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 4A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 6A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 10A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 16A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 20A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 25A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 32A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 40A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 50A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 63A 4P 10kA C60H curve D MCB 110-415Vac/110-130Vdc MX MCB 48Vac/dc MX MCB 12/24Vac/dc MX 2P replacement cover for Vigibloc 3P replacement cover for Vigibloc 4P replacement cover for Vigibloc RMG auxiliary switch (OFS) C60H/RMG OF auxiliary contact C60H SD fault indicatibg switch C60H OF+SD/OF selector switch

81 118 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 49 49 10,74 10,74 14,74 14,74 14,74 74 74 74 74 74 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 26,75,88 26,75,88 26,75,88 30,91 30,91 30,91 26,75,89 26,75,89 26,75,89 26,75,88

213

Index
By part number
Part Description Page No. Part Description Page No.

26946 26947 26948 26959 26960 26961 26962 26963 26969 26970 26971 26975 26976 26977 26978 26979 26980 26981 26982 26991 27001 27053 27060 27062 27145 27150 28952 28957 28958 29211 29242 29243 29252 29253 29254 29256 29257 29258 29259 29260 29320 29323 29324 29337 29354 29370 29371 29387 29388 29407 29408 29450 29451 29455 29456 29457 29458 29461 29462 29504 29505 29506 29507 30555 30556 30557 30558 30561 30562 31536 31563 31564 31565 31566 31567 31568 31569 31570 32456 32479 32480 32481 32482

MX+OF shunt trip MCB MX+OF shunt trip MCB 24Vac/dc MX+OF shunt trip MCB 115Vac 400Hz MN Undervoltage release (MN) Undervoltage release (MN) Undervoltage release (MN) Undervoltage release,time delay Emergency stop (MNx) MCB/RCD padlock attachment MCB emergency stop (MNx) 1P C60H MCB terminal shields 2P C60H MCB terminal shields MCB 230Vac MNx (C60) 4P C60H MCB terminal shields MCB voltage threshold release MCB voltage threshold release C60H MCB terminal screw shield C60H Vigi terminal screw shield MCB 400Vac MNx (C60) C60H MCB interpole barrier MCB screw connection 16 - 50mm2 alu cable terminal Modular device spacer C120 MCB padlock attachment C120 MCB label holder 4 cable lugs 95mm2 Cu cable Pair terminal shields Interpact 63A Pair terminal shields Interpact 160A Earth fault protection 160A 3 Tunnel terminal 160A 1.5 - 95mm2 4 Tunnel terminal 160A 1.5 - 95mm2 3 lugs NS250 120mm2 Cu cable 3 lugs NS250. 150mm2 Cu cable 3 lugs NS250.185mm2 Cu cable 4 lugs NS250 120mm2 Cu cable 4 lugs NS250 150mm2 Cu cable 4 lugs NS250 185mm2 Cu cable 3 Tunnel terminal 1.5 - 185mm2 4 Tunnel terminal 1.5 - 185mm2 One pole terminal shield Three pole terminal shield, pair Four pole terminal shield, pair Rotary handle for 63 - 250A Mechanical interlock for 2 MCCB Toggle padlocking attachment Toggle padlocking attachment Shunt trip 240V Shunt trip 380/415V Undervoltage release 240V Undervoltage release 380/415V Auxiliary switch SDE auxiliary contact adaptor Direct metering 100A 3P Direct metering 100A 4P CT module 100A 3P CT module 100A 4P CT module with voltage output 100/5 3P CT module with voltage output 100/5 4P 3 lugs NS250. 150mm2 Al cable 4 lugs NS250. 150mm2 Al cable 3 lugs NS250. 185mm2 Al cable 4 lugs NS250. 185mm2 Al cable Direct metering 160A 3P Direct metering 160A 4P CT module 160A 3P CT module 160A 4P CT module with voltage output 150/5 3P CT module with voltage output 150/5 4P MCCB Vigi module 250A 4P 1 set of 3P spreader 250A 1 set of 4P spreader 250A Ammeter module 250A 3P Ammeter module 250A 4P CT module 250A 3P CT module 250A 4P CT module with voltage output 250/5 3P CT module with voltage output 250/5 4P MCCB Vigi module 400A 4P 3 clamps for 35 - 300mm2 4 clamps for 35 - 300mm2 3 clamps 2x35 - 240mm2 4 clamps 2x35 - 240mm2

26,75,88 26,75,88 26,75,88 26,75,88 26,75,88 26,75,88 26,75,88 26,75,88 26,88 28,76,81,90 26,88 28,90 28,76,90 26,88 28,76,91 26,89 26,90 28,76,90 28,76,91 37, 98 29,91 91 90 30,46,91 91

32490 32491 32500 32501 32502 32503 32504 32505 32506 32507 32564 32565 32597 32631 32653 32654 32655 32656 32657 32658 32855 32856 32857 32858 32861 32862 33466 33469 33487 33489 33490 33492 33494 33495 33564 33566 33568 33570 44936 57655 99217 99219 99221 99223 99225 99560 7795P 7796P 7797P 7798P 7799P 99246A 99246B

1 set of 3P spreader 630A 1 set of 4P spreader 630A 3 lugs for NS630. 240mm2 4 lugs for Interpact. 240mm2 3 lugs for NS630. 300mm2 4 lugs for NS630. 300mm2 3 lugs for NS630. 240mm2 4 lugs for NS630. 240mm2 3 lugs for NS630. 300mm2 4 lugs for NS630. 300mm2 Terminal shields 3P, one pair Terminal shields 4P, one pair Direct rotary handle Fixed toggle padlock device CT module with voltage output 400/5 3P CT module with voltage output 400/5 4P Ammeter module 400A 3P Ammeter module 400A 4P CT module 400A 3P CT module 400A 4P Ammeter module 600A 3P Ammeter module 600A 4P CT module 600A 3P CT module 600A 4P CT module with voltage output 600/5 3P CT module with voltage output 600/5 4P NS800N 3P Micrologic 2.0 NS800N 4P Micrologic 2.0 NS800NA 3P MCCB NS1250NA 3P MCCB NS1600NA 3P MCCB NS800NA 4P MCCB NS1250NA 4P MCCB NS1600NA 4P MCCB NS1250N 3P Micrologic 5.0 NS1250N 4P Micrologic 5.0 NS1600N 3P Micrologic 5.0 NS1600N 4P Micrologic 5.0 MCCB padlocking device CE30 passive infrared detector Earth and neutral bar 19 hole Earth and neutral bar 24 hole Earth and neutral bar 37 hole Earth and neutral bar 48 hole Earth and neutral bar 72 hole 3 SP way G9 IP30 steel enclosure Prisma Front cover 6 way Prisma Front cover 8 way Prisma Front cover 12 way Prisma Front cover 16 way Prisma Front cover 24 way 4 way hinged cover 4 way hinged cover 60 118 118 118 118 118 77 115 115 115 115 115 118 118

214

Nationwide support on one number call the Customer Information Centre on

0870 608 8 608
Fax 0870 608 8 606
Schneider Electric’s local support
Schneider Electric is committed to supporting its customers at every stage of a project. Our 180 sales engineers, the largest dedicated sales force in the UK electrical industry, operate from 4 customer support centres. Our sales engineers are skilled at assessing individual requirements and combined with the expert support of our product specialists, will develop the most effective and economical answer taking relevant regulations and standards fully into account. To access the expertise of the Schneider Electric group, please call 0870 608 8 608. Each customer support centre includes facilities for demonstrations and training, and presentation rooms fully equipped with audio visual and video, providing excellent meeting facilities.

Merlin Gerin is a world leader in the manufacture and supply of high, medium and low voltage products for the distribution, protection, control and management of electrical systems and is focused on the needs of both the commercial and industrial sectors. The newly launched VDI Network Solutions offer provides flexible, configurable ethernet systems for all communication needs.

Square D is a total quality organisation and its business is to put electricity to work productively and effectively, protecting people, buildings and equipment. Its low voltage electrical distribution equipment, systems and services are used extensively in residential and commercial applications.

Telemecanique is a UK market leader and world expert in automation and control. It provides complete solutions, with it's range of components, Modicon range of high technology programmable controllers (PLCs), multiple fieldbus and ethernet communication networks, HMI, motion control systems, variable speed drives and communications software. In addition, it offers power distribution through prefabricated busbar trunking.

Local customer support centres
Scotland Schneider Electric Ltd Unit 11000 Academy Business Park Gower Street Glasgow G51 1PR South West Schneider Electric Ltd PO Box 41 Langley Road Chippenham Wiltshire SN15 1JJ North West Schneider Electric Ltd Market House Church Street Wilmslow Cheshire SK9 1AY

Product showrooms
Industrial systems and solutions showroom Schneider Electric Ltd, University of Warwick Science Park, Sir William Lyons Road, Coventry CV4 7EZ Building systems and solutions showroom Schneider Electric Ltd, Stafford Park 5, Telford, Shropshire TF3 3BL Energy and Infrastructure systems and solutions showroom Schneider Electric Ltd, 123 Jack Lane, Hunslet, Leeds LS10 1BS

member of .co.uk

Enclosed switch disconnectors
www.schneider.co.uk
MGLV5750 AUG 2005